Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Walker Crips Group / FY2021 Annual Report

Walker Crips Group
Annual Report 2021

WCW · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker WCW
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Walker Crips Group
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Highlights from our year ended 31 March 2021

Resilience and agility through  
a challenging year

Financial highlights

Key performance indicators

Resilience and agility through a 
challenging year where revenue and 
operating profits have been adversely 
impacted by the low Bank of England 
base rates, partially mitigated by 
higher trading commissions and 
business performance, including 
cost-cutting initiatives.

  Total revenues £30.3 million  

(2020: £31.4 million).

  Operating profit £22,000 (2020: 
£1,092,000), being £441,000  
(2020: £717,000) when adjusted  
for exceptional items*.

  Loss before tax £114,000 (2020:  
profit before tax £963,000),  
being profit before tax £305,000 
(2020: £588,000) when adjusted  
for exceptional items*.

  Adjusted EBITDA £2.61 million  

(2020: £2.78 million) **.

  Underlying cash generated from 
operations £1.08 million (2020:  
£1.85 million)***.

  Cash and cash equivalents  

£8.86 million (2020: £8.61 million).
  Assets Under Management (“AUM”) 
returned to pre-pandemic levels, with 
an increase of 22.2% to £3.4 billion 
from March 2020 (2020: £2.8 billion).

  Proposed final dividend of  

0.60 pence per share (2020: nil), 
bringing the total dividends for  
the year to 0.75 pence per share 
(2020: 0.60 pence per share).

*  Exceptional items are disclosed in note 10 
to the accounts and a full reconciliation 
to IFRS results is presented in the Finance 
Director’s review on page 19.

**  Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings 
before interest, taxation, depreciation 
and amortisation on an IFRS basis. 
The Directors present this result as it is 
a metric widely used by stakeholders 
when considering an entity’s financial 
performance. A full reconciliation is 
provided in the Finance Director’s review  
on page 19.

*** Underlying cash generated from operations 
shows the cash generated from operations 
adjusted for lease liability payments under 
IFRS 16 and non-cyclical working capital 
movements. The Directors consider that this 
metric helps readers understand the cash 
generating performance of the Group. A full 
reconciliation to IFRS results is presented in 
the Finance Director’s review on page 19.

Performance in 2021 is set out below with data from preceding years. 
Year-on-year data is presented on a consistent basis providing measurable 
indicators. The Board monitors these KPIs regularly.

£30.3m

£0.02m

Revenue

2021

2020

2019

Operating profit

£30.3m

2021

£0.02m

£31.4m

£30.5m

2020

2019

£0.40m

£1.09m

A 3.5% decrease in revenue due to loss of 
interest turn on managed deposits and 
lower management fee income. 

A decline in operating profit due to the 
challenging trading environment and 
exceptional items discussed in this report.

£0.44m

277,402

Operating profit before 
exceptional items

Transaction  
volume

2021

2020

2019

£0.44

£0.43

£0.72

2021

2020

2019

130,509

124,603

277,402

A decrease in operating profit before 
exceptional items in a year disrupted by  
the pandemic.

Trading volumes doubled despite 
the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit 
uncertainties.

£5.4bn

Breakdown of AUMA

2021 

1.863

1.523

1.974

£5.4bn

2020  1.479

1.292

1.541 £4.3bn

2019  1.639

1.630

1.750 £5.0bn

 Administration
 Advisory
 Discretionary

The Group’s Asset Under Management 
and Administration (“AUMA”) returned to 
pre-pandemic levels and our shift towards 
managed basis continues.

0.75p

Total dividends  
(pence per share)

2021

2020

2019

0.75p

0.60p

0.91p

A modest increase from last year as the 
Directors take a cautious stance with 
ongoing disruptions of the pandemic.

   Strategic report 

01

Walker Crips Group plc

Making investment  
rewarding

We have over a hundred years of  
experience in managing investments  
for our clients. Walker Crips’ predecessors 
first bought and sold shares for clients 
on the London Stock Exchange in 1914.

We motivate our people, employees and self-employed 
associates alike; encouraging their individual development 
and providing comprehensive professional training.  
We nurture their best intentions through encouraging  
good behaviour, ensuring their motives remain aligned  
with the Group’s belief in treating clients fairly.

We continue to thrive as we cultivate our technology to 
strengthen our Group, increase efficiency and provide  
value for our shareholders.

What we do

Core Investment Management & Advisory Business

Software as a Service (“SaaS”)

Alternative Investments

Visit our new website
For up-to-date information and the 
latest news from www.wcgplc.co.uk

Contents

Strategic report
Financial highlights and KPIs 
Welcome 
At a glance 
Chairman’s statement 
CEO’s statement 
Business model 
Strategy in action 
Chief Investment Officer’s analysis 
Finance Director’s review 
Supporting our community 
Principal business risks 

Corporate governance
Board of Directors 
Introduction to governance   
Report by the Directors 
Section 172 (1) Statement 
Audit Committee report 
Remuneration report 
Directors’ report 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

#

01
02
04
06
08
10
16
18
22
24

26
28
29
35
38
42
54
57

58
63

Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report to the  
members of Walker Crips Group plc 
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income 
64
Consolidated statement of financial position  65
66
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity  67
68
Notes to the accounts 
94
Company balance sheet 
95
Company statement of changes in equity 
96
Notes to the Company accounts 
104
Notice of Annual General Meeting 
111
Form of proxy 
113
Officers and professional advisers 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
02 

At a glance

A technology-driven  
financial services company

The Walker Crips Group offers investment management and 
wealth management services, pensions administration and 
cloud-based regulation technology.

107

Years looking after our clients

Our offices
Walker Crips operates 12 offices 
throughout the UK, headed 
and staffed by dedicated 
individuals.

12

Offices in the UK 

  London (head office)
  Birmingham
  Bristol
  Epping
  Inverness
  Newbury
  Norwich
  Romford (Finance  
& Operations)
  Southampton  

(opening Summer 2021)

  Truro
  Wymondham
  York

32,904

Clients across the UK
(2020: 33,149)

£30.3m

Total revenue for 2021
(2020: £31.4m)

£5.4bn

Total Assets Under Management 
and Administration
(2020: £4.3bn)

  Head office
  Branch
  Finance & Operations

Our values
Founded on traditional values of integrity, courtesy, 
fairness and loyalty, we have maintained these 
ideals and remain committed to serve our clients 
and to deliver good customer outcomes.

1. Integrity
2. Courtesy

3. Fairness
4. Loyalty

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
   Strategic report 

03

At Walker Crips, our mission 
is to make investment 
rewarding for our clients, 
our shareholders and 
our staff, and give our 
customers a fair deal.

h  Read about our Business 
model and Strategy in 
action on pages 8 to 15

Pensions
Serving clients to better care  
for their futures
Through Self-Invested Personal Pensions 
(“SIPP”) and Small Self-Administered Schemes 
(“SSAS”), our pensions administration team 
assists clients in efficiently exercising control 
over their SIPP pension fund investments. 
They also provide company directors with the 
infrastructure using SSAS to grow pension funds 
for their retirement.

EnOC Technologies
Engineering out complexities “EnOC”
Our Software as a Service division (“SaaS”) 
provides cloud-based regulatory software  
to financial services firms. EnOC’s aim is to  
close the technology gap between those  
who can afford large systems, and those  
who cannot, between those who can build 
their own systems, and those who do not have 
the resources to do so. The EnOC Pro Platform 
(www.enoc.pro) allows for swift scalability  
with no expenditure on infrastructure; and  
our flagship service, the SM&CR tool, is an  
easy-to-use solution for the Senior Managers  
& Certification Regime (“SM&CR”). We are 
using a subscription-based pricing model, 
without minimum amounts and long term  
lock-in contracts, that is accessible to the 
smallest of companies and scalable to  
the largest.

Investment management
Private Clients
Our Private Client teams and our Associate 
Investment Managers deliver the firm’s 
investment management strategy, providing 
discretionary services, both model and bespoke, 
and advisory services to our clients. 

Investment Management
Our eclectic collection of professional investment 
managers and advisers provide clients with a 
full range of investment management services, 
customised to fit the clients’ experience, expertise 
 and desire to maintain involvement in financial 
decisions. These services are supported by  
our wide-ranging investment expertise and  
the meaningful personal relationships built  
on Walker Crips’ 107 years of experience.  
Our model portfolios provide a range of  
risk-managed investment strategies, designed  
to reflect our team’s centralised views on 
macro-economic and market trends, and 
emphasis on implementation using collective 
investment schemes where appropriate.

Alternative Investments
Our Alternative Investment solutions  
provide innovative services and products  
for specific clientele. Our (Tier 1) Investor  
Visa Programme serves high net worth 
individuals as they invest in the UK, and our 
international equity arbitrage desk trades  
on arbitrage opportunities.

Structured Investments
Specialist products offered by Walker Crips 
Structured Investments (“WCSI”) provide 
carefully considered investment opportunities 
to investors through professional financial 
intermediaries. Our structured investment 
plans are designed to complement traditional 
investment strategies, offering alternative 
exposure to a wide range of markets and 
counterparties.

Wealth management 
Preserving and nurturing client wealth
Our wealth management team delivers an 
individualised approach to financial planning. 
As independent financial advisers, Walker Crips 
Wealth Management (“WCWM”) provides 
guidance on an extensive range of financial 
concerns such as life assurance, pre-retirement 
planning, at-retirement advice, savings plans, 
tax-efficient management of investments and 
estate planning.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
04 

Chairman’s statement

Confident in our
continued success

As we publish this report and accounts, we are emerging  
from what we all hope will be a once in a lifetime global 
event. Your Group has responded strongly to the COVID-19 
pandemic and has made substantial progress in the second 
half of the year. Whilst I am disappointed that this did  
not return the Group to profit for the full year, substantial 
progress has been made and I am able to report that the 
Group, led by its senior management team, has embarked 
on a programme of change to improve operating margins 
that will involve increasing revenue generators, streamlining 
operating entities and further developing our SaaS services. 

Martin Wright
Chairman

Overview of 2020/2021
I was hardly expecting that my first year as 
Chairman of your Company would see the world 
taken into such tumultuous actual and economic 
turmoil. Like most businesses, we approached the 
pandemic with trepidation and considerable fear 
of the unknown. However, I am much relieved 
to report that we have come through the ordeal 
better than I and the Board had, at least at the 
outset, feared might be the case.

The onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in the first 
quarter of the year, and the subsequent renewal 
of rigorous lockdowns during the final quarter, 
took all businesses into uncharted waters. 
However, we reacted rapidly and decisively to  
the situation. With its robust IT infrastructure, 
the Group moved to remote working with relative 
ease on 12 March 2020, eleven days before 
the national lockdown commenced, providing 
continuity of service for our clients and safety and 
protection for our staff. An immediate review of 
all costs and business units was undertaken with 
a view to finding efficiencies and savings. Supply 
contracts were renegotiated and Management 
implemented an intensive de-papering exercise. 
The Directors across all entities took a voluntary 
temporary salary reduction of 20% in the first 
three months of the financial year. Employee 
numbers and certain expense categories were 
reduced in anticipation of hard times ahead, the 
result of which was a net reduction in operating 
costs of approximately £525,000 for the year.  
We placed various staff temporarily on furlough, 
at full salary, with most subsequently being 
restored to full employment. Once we had 
assessed the financial impact of the pandemic 
on the Group, all Government support received 
was repaid to HMRC. 

Crucially, notwithstanding the lockdown, the 
Group continued to operate the business fully 
across its divisions, while of course following all 
Government advice. 

In the context of the most uncertain operating 
conditions for more than a decade, the Group is 
reporting a loss before tax of £114,000 for the 
full year. Notwithstanding the overall loss, the full 
year achievement is still an improvement on the 
loss of £451,000 reported in the Interim Results, 
reflecting the turnaround in the second half of 
the year as markets improved and the benefits  
of cost initiatives came through. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Strategic report 

05

The operating profit for the year of £22,000 
fell well short of last year’s profit of £1,092,000, 
but, given the substantial impact of the cut 
in Bank of England base rates (resulting in a 
year on year reduction of revenue and profits 
of some £1.4 million), as well as the negative 
impact of the pandemic on certain business 
units, the consolidated result masks a resilient 
underlying performance in the core investment 
management business. Nearly all business units 
gained momentum in the second half of the year, 
and this has continued beyond the year-end. 
Executive management is highly focused on the 
importance of improving the Group’s operating 
margins in order to alleviate our sensitivity to 
base rates.

Although our operating divisions all responded 
robustly to the challenge of the pandemic, in 
some cases market conditions could not be 
overridden. This was unfortunately the case 
with the Walker Crips Structured Investments 
(“WCSI”) division, where the double impact of 
lower interest rates and a decline in dividends 
paid by UK companies contributed to the 
unfavourable environment for pricing this sector 
has experienced. 

We were disappointed that several advisers from 
the Wealth Management division decided to 
leave us in September 2020 to set up business 
independently. The executive team have 
responded with a drive for recruitment and 
rejuvenation, which continues apace with the 
hiring of new advisers and the acquisition of a 
client book with funds under management. We 
welcome our new arrivals and look forward to 
integrating them into the restrengthened team. 

The Group believes that continued investment 
in technology is crucial to providing innovative 
and effective services to our clients, investment 
managers and staff. EnOC Technologies Limited’s 
project to commercialise our technology remains 
a key limb of our growth plan. 

Strategy
We remain confident in the three-pronged 
strategy of growing our core business, seeking 
opportunities in our alternative business activities 
and commercialising our technological capabilities.

The pandemic demonstrated the resilience  
of the core investment management business, 
though this has been significantly offset by the 
impact of the cut in base rates. The Wealth 
Management business has rebounded from 
adviser and client losses during the year 
with a new, aggressive recruitment strategy. 
Our alternative business activities provide 
diversification and growth opportunities, and the 
Group’s seamless transition to working from home 
more than justified our focus on technology.
Dividend
Our aim is always to reward shareholders for 
their continued support, and the Board did not 
take the decision, in March 2020, to withdraw 
the final dividend lightly. Given the greater 
visibility on the impact of the pandemic and 
the improvement in operating performance 
as the year went on, an interim dividend of 
0.15 pence per share was paid. In that light, 
having taken into account the Group’s plans 
for more profitable growth and for improved 
operating margins, capital headroom, market 
outlook and short-term and long-term cash flow 
considerations, the Board will recommend for 
shareholders’ approval at the forthcoming  
AGM for a final dividend of 0.60 pence per 
share (2020: zero) payable on 1 October 2021 
to those shareholders on the register at the 
close of business on 17 September 2021, with 
an ex-dividend date of 16 September 2021.

Our community
We believe that in challenging times, it is 
important that we continue to support our 
chosen charities. In addition to financial support, 
we try to do more by using our technology for 
good, engaging in technology philanthropy, 
and using technology as a catalyst to boost the 
efforts of those charities, working with them to 
design, deploy and maintain those systems.

Our partner charity, www.twiningenterprise.org.uk,  
has a mission to combat mental health stigma 
and to assist people who are struggling with 
mental health issues around work. Their goal is 
to ensure that everyone with a mental health 
issue can find employment and cope with the 
challenges of working life, to support employers 
and raise awareness around mental health in 
general and to reduce stigma and discrimination. 
This is a mission whose work is crucial, as has 
been highlighted during this pandemic. We urge 
you to join us by signing on to support Twining 
in their mission, staying informed of their latest 
news and activities, and support them financially 
by going to www.enoc.pro/community.
Directors, Account Executives  
and staff
This is my first Chairman’s annual statement.  
As I noted, I will happily admit that, whilst  
I take no pleasure from reporting a loss, I am 
relieved that the impact of the unprecedented 
situation has not been more severe. I and my 
colleagues have been impressed by and proud  
of the manner in which the team as a whole 
across the Group have responded. Specifically, 
I would like to thank my fellow Directors, our 
investment managers and advisers and all 
members of staff for their efforts, resilience  
and continued commitment to the highest  
levels of client service, support and diligence 
during this exceptional period of global turmoil. 
One can only hope that this is and has been  
a once in a lifetime experience.
Outlook
Overall, the story this year has been an 
underlying resilience shown by the Group,  
in its management and performance, which 
bodes well for the future. The headline numbers 
do not do justice to the positive momentum 
that is developing in several of the operating 
divisions and I congratulate our staff and our 
investment managers for making this possible. 
I and the Board remain excited about the 
Group’s prospects.

Martin Wright
Chairman

20 August 2021

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
06 

CEO’s statement

Innovating and adapting 
during challenging times

Our three-pronged strategy continues to give 
direction to the Group, whilst the world  
and the financial markets look to recover  
from the pandemic.

Signature

Sean Lam
Sean Lam
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Executive Officer

Reflection
Before I report on the Group’s performance, I 
wish to highlight the continuing tragedy of the 
pandemic and remember our fellow citizens who 
lost their lives to it. Many have lost family and 
friends, and we send our heartfelt condolences, 
recognising that in all the analyses of financial 
impact, above all it is the human cost that is 
hardest to bear. I am proud of how our workforce 
responded to this crisis, how we kept the Group 
functioning normally, and how we continued to 
engage with our clients, ensuring that they did 
not suffer any interruption in quality of service 
during a very difficult period. Everyone played 
their part, demonstrated patience and tenacity, 
and got on with the business at hand.

Turning now to the Group’s performance over 
the past year, considering where we stood and 
the uncertainty that we all faced twelve months 
ago, I am pleased with the outcome for the year 
ending 31 March 2021. More details of financial 
performance are provided in the Group Finance 
Director’s review.

The Investment Management division has had 
a good year considering the reduction in interest 
income left us with a significant revenue gap of 
£1.4 million to recover from new initiatives and 
other existing areas. We have been adjusting and 
organising our firm, putting it on a firmer footing, 
reviewing all areas of our business and improving 
operating margins and profitability, so that the 
business is less sensitive in the future to the dual 
risk of a simultaneous fall in asset values and a 
decline in interest receivable. We remain focused 
on this effort, improving the revenue-growth 
capability of existing businesses, generating 
greater profitability from revenue-growth 
opportunities, while improving control, and the 
reduction, of our cost-base.

The Wealth Management division has been 
pursuing a controlled aggressive growth 
strategy. We are pleased to have a number of 
highly experienced financial planners recently 
join us, deepening our product knowledge and 
expanding our service offering, complementing 
our existing team so that we can better serve our 
clients together. We are also looking forward to 
the opening of our new branch in Southampton 
in late summer.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Strategic report 

07

The world has irreversibly changed, over the 
past eighteen months, the way we work, 
communicate, engage, trade, teach and learn. 
Our ability as individuals and collectively as a 
people to adapt, learn and change was crucial.  
As a species, we probably adopted more 
technology in one year, than we would have done 
in ten regular years. Our Group must continue 
to adapt and innovate, and our dependence on 
technology will only increase. We will continue 
to prioritise and invest in developing our own 
technology, continue to create and innovate for 
ourselves and our clients.

As a Group, we continue to support www.
twiningenterprise.org.uk, the mental health 
charity. In addition to financial support, we also 
try to use our technology for good, through 
technology philanthropy. If you wish to find out 
more, or want to support Twining financially, 
please visit enoc.pro/community.

I wish to add to the words of our Chairman,  
my personal thanks to our staff and investment 
managers for their unwavering commitment  
to our clients, and to our leadership team for  
their dedication, advice and candour. And I  
thank our shareholders for their patience and 
continued support.

As I conclude, I wish to reiterate our mission: 
to make investment rewarding for our clients, 
our shareholders and our staff and give 
our customers a fair deal. We support our 
investment managers and our staff by being a 
technology-driven financial services company.

Sean Lam
Chief Executive Officer

20 August 2021

Our growth plans for the Structured Investments 
division were delayed by the extreme market 
conditions for product pricing referred to in the 
Chairman’s statement. However, some normality 
has since returned to pricing conditions and 
the competitive pressures of the last year have 
prompted a shake-up in the industry. Having 
withstood the pressures of the past year, we 
believe that we are well placed to capitalise on 
increased activity and resume our growth path.

We are also developing plans to simplify the 
Group through the consolidation of the number 
of regulated entities and streamlining the 
management structure.

Our technology company, EnOC Technologies, 
was launched in December 2019 with the Senior 
Managers & Certification Regime (“SM&CR”) 
system. Since then, EnOC has reached out 
far beyond the boundaries of the Group, 
collaborating with counterparties in Singapore 
and Malaysia on technology initiatives. The 
Group has also embarked on our vision to 
‘simplify and digitise’, using the EnOC Pro  
Platform to create technologies that will  
transform processes, create greater efficiencies, 
reduce the use of paper, provide better services  
to our clients, and reduce costs.

With the commencement of the Senior  
Managers & Certification Regime, the 
responsibility for the assessment and approval 
of ‘certificated individuals’ transferred from the 
FCA to the senior managers of FCA regulated 
companies. Under this Regime, our senior 
managers are directly responsible for the 
assessment of our ‘certificated individuals’ as 
being fit and proper to carry out their roles and 
functions. I am pleased with how management 
embraced these new responsibilities and the 
robust and effective approach now embedded  
in our business. A tremendous amount of work 
was invested into the appraisal, review and 
feedback process, and an SM&CR panel was 
established as the review body for certificated 
individuals’ fitness and propriety under SM&CR, 
reporting directly into the Board.

The SM&CR appraisal, review and feedback 
process has been a valuable and continuing 
process, informing our leadership team regarding 
our corporate culture, that culture is not just reliant 
on the ‘tone from the top’, but that it must also be 
evidenced with ‘music from the sides’.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
08 

Business model

A technology-driven 
financial services company

OUR STRATEGY

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

We are committed to our three-
pronged strategy, designed to 
position us as a technology-driven 
financial services company.

Core business
Nurture and promote our  
core business
This is our largest revenue generator, 
providing clients with investment, 
wealth, pensions, collectives advice 
and the creation of structured 
investments and structured deposits 
for clients, IFAs and counterparties.

Companion services
Identify higher margin 
alternative investment 
business
This subset of our core Investment 
Management business is where we 
create innovative and higher margin 
new business lines.

Software as a Service
Identify and close the 
technology gap
Systems development is our core 
competency and we create much 
of our own technology, allowing us 
to build and integrate many of our 
systems into one central platform.

The Walker Crips Group operates within the financial services industry and 
specialises in providing a range of financial services and financial products to our 
customers. Our core business is the provision of investment management, wealth 
management, pensions administration, collectives model portfolio and structured 
investments. Our second prong is the alternative investment offering and the 
third is the provision of technology services. We believe that in the three-pronged 
approach, the Group is developing a balanced and diversified revenue stream.

e yield

W

Sustainability

W

e

s

o

w

Rooted in 
tradition. 
Growing through 
innovation.

Innovation

Knowledge

We grow

Our people
Our workforce comprises highly experienced and 
qualified specialists in investment management, 
financial advice, and pensions administration, 
as well as a cohort of new generation members 
who will provide continuity into the future, all 
with a clear focus on customer engagement and 
customer outcomes. Our cadre of dedicated, 
loyal and experienced people across our 
business is focused on serving our clients.

Our culture
Walker Crips started advising clients and 
dealing in securities in 1914. We uphold the 
long-standing traditional values of honesty and 
integrity, and our mission is to make investment 
rewarding for our clients, our shareholders and 
our staff and give our customers a fair deal.  
We support our investment managers and our 
staff by being a technology-driven financial 
services company.

Management are proud and privileged to 
be working alongside all the members of the 
Walker Crips family, and are grateful for all their 
hard work and their dedication to our clients and 
to the Group.

Through our technology core competency, 
we strive to innovate, and build systems that 
will primarily serve our investment managers, 
our advisers, our staff, and our clients. Latterly 
through our Software as a Service division, 
we also deploy proprietary technology to our 
business partners.

Walker Crips has remained independent for  
over 100 years.

OUR VALUES UNDERPIN EVERYTHING WE DO 

INTEGRITY / COURTESY / FAIRNESS / LOYALTY

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
   Strategic report 

09

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

HOW WE CREATE VALUE

OUR STAKEHOLDERS

We create value for our investors by increasing our revenues.  
Our core revenue is derived from fees charged for the services 
our people provide, while additional revenue is produced through 
transactional activity and custody charges.

Investors
Our private, professional and institutional 
shareholders who rely on us to protect and 
manage their investment in the Company 
and generate value for them.

We sow our investments
Our core offering
We continue to expand our offering of investment management and 
investment management-adjacent services; supporting our core business  
and its companion companies in serving our clients.

Our people
We provide training opportunities to our employed and self-employed staff; 
enabling them to operate with the expertise necessary to meet and exceed 
clients’ needs. We aim to create a work environment in which our institution’s 
century of culture, integrity and accountability permeates our every function, 
by improving procedures and modernising monitoring practices.

We grow our Group
Our divisions
Our core business, Investment Management, works alongside Wealth 
Management and Pensions to combine companion offerings, utilising the 
innovation of our software company, EnOC Technologies Limited.

Innovation
We’re branching out through consistent innovation. We continue to thrive as 
we cultivate our technology to strengthen our Group, increase efficiency and 
provide value for our shareholders. We yield results for our stakeholders.

Section 172(1) Statement
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires the Directors to act in a way 
that they consider to be in good faith and would be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. Further 
details of stakeholder engagement can be found on pages 35 to 37.

Clients
Private and professional clients who have 
entrusted us with providing financial planning 
advice, managing and safeguarding their 
investments, and undertaking transaction 
execution services.

Workforce
Our directly employed staff and our network 
of self-employed associates.

Suppliers
The providers of goods and services on 
which our business relies.

Regulators
The bodies which authorise and regulate 
our activities.

Communities and the Environment
The local communities in which we operate 
and the environment at large.

OUR VALUES UNDERPIN EVERYTHING WE DO 

INTEGRITY / COURTESY / FAIRNESS / LOYALTY

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
10 

Strategy in action

A three-pronged strategy

Walker Crips is first and foremost  a financial services company.  We leverage our technological competence to drive our three-pronged strategy of core, alternative and technology services, to position the Walker Crips Group as a technology-driven financial services company. We aim to achieve £10 billion Assets Under Management and Administration (“AUMA”) by 2026; We will further develop our model portfolio service offering as a complementary service to our discretionary bespoke portfolio service; We will maintain our flexible approach to investment management and advice, offering a broad range of services that facilitates different clients’ aims and objectives; and We will continue to employ talented, high quality investment managers, financial planners and pension advisers with an established client base.Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Strategic report 

11

Investment management strategy

Reflections on last year
Despite the terrible death toll exacted by the pandemic 
over the last year, most asset prices emerged mercifully 
unscathed. This was in no small measure due to the 
wartime-era central bank and government stimulus 
programmes that erred on the side of doing too much 
rather than doing too little and were not accompanied 
by the usual wartime taxes on windfall profits. These 
actions steadied markets at the time of maximum stress 
when it appeared that no safe haven was available, and 
also prevented a spiral of debt-driven defaults in the 
real economy. Early on in the pandemic, it became clear 
technology would ensure most jobs were unaffected 
by the lockdowns, particularly in white-collar industries 
whose workers actually became better off through a 
combination of savings on transportation costs and 
forced savings due to a lack of outlets for expenditure. 
Governments may not actually have dropped money 
from helicopters but, unless you worked in one of the 
most affected industries, the effect was pretty much the 
same. Central banks mopped up the massive issuance 
of government debt with asset purchase programmes, 
and are still buying assets at a rate of about $300 billion 
a month.

Our investment managers dealt with the huge swings in 
asset prices and sentiment with great professionalism. 
Clients and portfolios seeking yield from dividends, and 
those exposed to the leisure industry, were the worst 
affected, but I’m delighted to say that those portfolios 
have generally been nursed through the pandemic 
successfully, eventually catching the upswing in prices 
that swept up even the most COVID-sensitive industries. 
Clients with mandates prioritising capital growth and 
those with exposure to the technology sector were well-
positioned for the initial rebound in asset prices and the 
ensuing bull market. It’s a testament to the strength of 
the relationships between our investment managers and 
their clients that very few clients opted out of capital 
markets entirely, despite the once-in-a-century events 
that were unfolding.

Outlook
The success of government and central bank stimulus 
programmes has come at a price. In underwriting capital 
market risk, and pouring hitherto unimaginable sums of 
money into capital markets while private individuals had 
nowhere to spend their income and were accumulating 
savings, it appears that a tsunami of expenditure on 
financial assets has been unleashed. A wide range of 
indicators suggests that asset prices (both in public  
and private markets) have been boosted to abnormally 
high valuations. 

Sentiment indicators also indicate that bullishness is 
close to historic highs, with a large degree of speculation 
occurring in cryptocurrencies, in the technology sector, 
and in small and micro-cap companies.

Despite an expected short-term rebound in earnings and 
economic growth, it has become very hard to estimate 
the effects of stimulus being withdrawn, where the 
economy will settle post-pandemic, and how many 
pandemic-era trends will persist. At the same time, 
central banks have doubled down, and then tripled 
down, on the role of monetary policy in supporting 
markets and the economy. The growing dependence 
of markets on ultra-low interest rates, together with 
high current valuation levels, means that the outlook is 
growing more risky at a time when investors’ confidence 
is still at a maximum. Moreover, fundamental long-
term growth assumptions are being challenged by the 
persistence of the virus, huge government debt burdens, 
the geopolitical falling-out of the western world with 
China, the rise of protectionism and other threats to 
world trade, the pandemic’s impact on immigration, plus 
the potential for inflation to gather momentum. With 
visibility so limited in the short term and valuation risks 
higher than normal, current prices probably represent a 
historically bad starting point for future expected returns.

Via the actions of the Investment Senate and the 
Patricians’ forum, we are shifting our focus to less 
expensive valuations, while trying to identify growth 
opportunities with business models that can ride out any 
potential fallout from the “return-to-normal”. The aim 
is for our clients’ portfolios to increase exposure to solid 
but relatively overlooked asset classes, and to express 
a healthy scepticism towards the excesses that have 
accumulated over recent months.

Strategy
The pandemic temporarily slowed recruitment in the  
first half of the year, initially impaired by lockdowns, 
before gradually returning to normality as interviewers 
and candidates adjusted to video-based interviews.  
As one of the remaining investment management 
houses who still maintain, and encourage, a fully 
bespoke offering we remain attractive as an employer, 
especially to investment managers at competitors 
who are increasingly being forced to adopt centralised 
models. However, the lengthening of restrictive 
covenants over the past few years has made the 
recruitment process more difficult and less likely to result 
in the successful transfer of clients from competitors. 
Fortunately, while we are still actively seeking to recruit, 
there are also worthwhile opportunities within our 
existing business to grow revenues organically and to 
improve the operating margins of existing arrangements. 
Thus our current strategy is characterised by striving for 
internal improvement as well as external growth.

Chris Darbyshire
Chief Investment Officer

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
12 

Strategy in action (continued)

Wealth management strategy

Reflections on last year
In what has been a difficult year due to lockdown and the new 
working from home environment, it is pleasing to see that AUM 
has grown since March 2021 to June 2021 by 23.6% and above 
the March 2020 figure; new client numbers have been strong 
since January 2021. I can therefore confirm that the Wealth 
strategy of growth is taking shape with investment in the future. 
We have taken on two new Chartered Financial Planners and two 
trainee Financial Planners for the York office, and a further two 
Chartered Financial Planners and their team for a new office in 
Southampton, due to open this Summer.

A client book purchased at the end of 2020 from a Beverley based 
IFA has seen 92% of clients successfully onboarded, making up 
97% of the expected AUM. Continual operational improvements 
see the launch of our new portal and greater control of business 
workflow to help reduce lead time.

A new graduate work placement plan has been set up with 
York University initially taking on a Maths / Economic graduate 
annually, the first to start this July.

Despite the pandemic, recurring revenue from personal clients 
under a signed service proposition has remained stable and where 
new business may have been put on hold during COVID, since the 
start of the calendar year we have seen a rise in new clients and 
business as confidence returns.

Thoughts for the year ahead
Working closely with the investment managers we see 
opportunities for financial planning within the Group and 
externally. We continue the strategy of growing the financial 
planners organically, across the UK, seeing the progression of the 
trainees with ongoing client servicing as their focus and externally 
with the acquisition of qualified financial planners.

Dominic Martin, 
Managing Director, Walker Crips 
Wealth Management Limited

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Strategic report 

13

Pensions strategy

Reflections on last year
Both SSAS and SIPP client numbers have increased over the 
period which reflects the change in the business model for the 
trading entity Walker Crips Pensions. SSAS clients have increased 
to 175 compared to 173 and SIPP clients have increased to 423 
compared to 402, which represents a 4% increase in clients.  
This has been further illustrated by additional client growth after 
the year-end which is on a path to date which will exceed last year.

Assets under management have increased by £43 million (13%)  
to £376 million within the division

The EBOR SIPP fee is competitively priced, whilst offering a quality 
service proposition to attract both new clients to the Company 
and those already receiving a service elsewhere within the Group. 
A drop in revenue was expected due to the reduction in the SIPP 
fee, but this has been countered with growth in client numbers. 

A similar exercise has been carried out for SSAS to bring 
standardisation across all client fees. This provides greater 
transparency in fee proposition for clients as they are fixed in the 
main and no longer based on moving AUM. Improved efficiencies 
with the invoicing process enabled us to free up client manager time.

Further use of our portal is to be introduced to Walker Crips 
Pensions’ clients to provide interactive information.

Wendy Eastwood, 
Managing Director,  
Ebor Trustees Limited

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
14 

Strategy in action (continued)

Barker Poland Asset Management 
strategy

Reflections on last year
We have had a good year in spite of the disruption to the business. 
Fee turnover to 31 March 2021 was £1.9 million and profit was 
circa £0.4 million.

We have four advisers, two of whom are chartered, and a support 
team of eight. The team adapted incredibly well to the working 
from home environment and this change will undoubtedly have  
a big impact on our use of centralised offices in the future.  
We continue to manage 550 clients with assets under management 
of £320 million. The vast majority of our clients are invested 
in one of our risk adjusted models, which is managed using 
a sophisticated investment dealing and client management 
platform, ensuring we maintain a small and efficient back office. 
We continue to focus on a combination of financial planning and 
discretionary investment management services, as these are the 
key services demanded by our clients.

Thoughts for the year ahead
Turning now to the year ending March 2022, we expect to see 
some volatility in portfolio values as the world moves out of 
lockdowns. We will continue to focus on financial planning and 
investment advice for our existing clients as this ensures that we 
maintain the valuable recurring revenue. The majority of our new 
clients come via personal recommendations and we will continue 
with this approach in the coming year.

Geoff Wright, 
Managing Director, Barker Poland 
Asset Management LLP

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
   Strategic report 

15

EnOC Technologies Limited strategy

Reflections on last year
Our flagship software, the SM&CR tool, which addresses the Senior 
Managers & Certification Regime, has been deployed and embedded 
into the Walker Crips Group since December 2019. The SM&CR tool 
has also been adopted by a number of external companies and is 
being used to comply with their SM&CR obligations. EnOC has also 
been engaged by regulated firms in the Far East to develop regulatory 
solutions, and we will continue to expand the reach of www.enoc.pro.

Opportunities in the sector
Having built our solution in the cloud, we can provide clients with 
setup within minutes and additional functionality in moments, 
nullifying their need for hardware, server space, operating 
systems, IT support and maintenance. Moving from the Capital 
Expenditure (“CapEx”) to the Operational Expenditure (“OpEx”) 
‘subscription’ model.

We have also been developing and integrating additional tools 
into the Platform, with a view to enlarge our ecosystem and 
expand our target customer prospects.

EnOC’s mission is to bridge the technology gap, providing 
enterprise level systems not just to large businesses but also to  
the small businesses, at a low price point of entry, affordable  
to even the smallest of firms.

Sean Lam, 
Founder & CEO,  
EnOC Technologies Limited

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
16 

Chief Investment Officer’s analysis

Managing change  
at warp speed

With government and regulatory interventions 
worldwide, economies and, in turn, financial 
markets have shown resilience to recover to near-
pre-pandemic levels.

Chris Darbyshire
Chief Investment Officer

Big Government is here to stay
Having extended and enlarged former 
President Trump’s stimulus programmes, 
President Biden is cementing the government’s 
position as the driving force behind the 
economy, something which was necessitated 
by the pandemic but is increasingly becoming 
the norm around the world. Collectively,  
US stimulus programmes have already 
exceeded $5 trillion in spending, equivalent  
to about 23% of GDP. These included a total  
of $3,200 in direct payments given to most  
US citizens. Further infrastructure and stimulus 
programmes on a similar scale are still being 
debated in Congress. The “NextGenerationEU” 
recovery fund is not quite on the same scale 
but, at €750 billion, it would still represent 
about 7% of this year’s GDP. We also know, 
from the British government’s own estimates, 
that government borrowing this year is likely  
to reach 10% of GDP, following on from last 
year’s post-second world war record of 14.5%.

This represents a major departure in fiscal 
policy for much of the western world, and 
has been made possible by the confluence 
of several monetary, economic and political 
trends. For a start, central banks have spent 
the past decade proving to politicians that 
they can suppress government borrowing 
costs by purchasing mindboggling amounts 
of government bonds. Having been sceptical 
coming out of the Credit Crunch, politicians  
of all stripes now feel more assured that they 
have an open cheque book; the only question  
is what to use it for. 

The virus won’t go away
What will the “return-to-normal” look like, 
and will it even look normal? Not all the 
economic data recently has conformed to the 
expectation of a booming, once-in-a-century 
rebound unleashed by government spending, 
accumulated savings and the pent-up desire  
to consume. Instead, it’s been more a case of  
“two steps forward, one step back”.

China’s economy was the first to lose some 
momentum, as the central bank acted early to 
tighten interest rates and the cost of financing. 
The Chinese government, meanwhile, reined in 
borrowing by heavily-indebted local authorities 
to fund infrastructure projects. The US has 
been a bigger surprise, with several hiccups 
in the recent economic data despite March’s 
awe-inspiring stimulus programme. Most 
disappointing has been the slow pace at which 
the US economy has created jobs: expectations 
for 1-2 million new jobs a month were dashed 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Strategic report 

17

The profitability analysis also highlighted 
more clearly the elements of the Investment 
Management cost-base that will require 
Management action if operating margins 
are to improve materially. In particular, the 
recruitment of investment managers in the 
future will involve more focused due diligence 
and evaluation with regard to business 
models, associated regulatory risks, likely 
overhead usage and the potential for future 
organic revenue growth. The challenge is all 
the more acute because, across the industry, 
recruitment opportunities have grown scarcer 
with employers increasing the length of notice 
periods and using more restrictive covenants  
to prevent departures.

Some base level of regulatory flux is becoming 
the norm for the financial services industry, 
and attention within the industry is now firmly 
focused on the impact of Environmental, 
Social and Governance (ESG) regulations on 
all advisory and investment processes. Prior to 
the UK’s departure from the EU, the EU had 
proposed changes to the MiFID II suitability 
rules to ensure that investors’ ESG preferences 
would be taken into consideration. These rules 
require providers of investment management 
services to measure clients’ ESG preferences 
and take them into account within the advisory 
and investment process. Complications and 
risks arise due to the low levels of ESG related 
data on investments presently available, and a 
lack of standardisation in the approaches used 
to rate ESG considerations.

Chris Darbyshire
Chief Investment Officer

20 August 2021

early on in the year and, though recent data 
has improved, the US is still short of the level 
needed to replace the 10 million-or-so jobs 
displaced by the pandemic. It’s a similar story 
in the UK, where consumer spending has 
underwhelmed, and business activity in both 
services and manufacturing has tapered off 
earlier than expected.

So far, then, the reopening has turned out  
to be a tad disappointing. What is to blame?  
It seems that the most likely culprit is – still – 
the virus. Surveys in the UK suggest that many 
people have yet to become comfortable visiting 
shops and enjoying indoor services. A hefty 
proportion of people are still avoiding crowded 
public places, and households are likely  
to remain cautious, given the ongoing 
procession of variants. Old vaccines might 
provide a decent level of protection against 
new variants, but “decent” is still not a risk  
that everyone wants to run. 

Markets had a “good” pandemic
You can’t argue with the fact that, going into 
the pandemic, the value of the world’s stock 
markets was at an all-time high of $89 trillion 
and, at the time of writing, they are valued 
at $117 trillion. The market’s staying power, 
despite all-time high valuations, is prompting 
some strategists to reassess their investment 
rationales. The new thinking goes that the 
pandemic has forced companies into a  
once-in-a-century frenzy of capital expenditure 
as they retool for the post-pandemic world. 
As a result of this, the post-pandemic world 
will be more productive, and productivity is 
the magic ingredient that boosts economic 
growth, allowing company profits to settle at 
permanently higher levels. This will break the 
cycle of muted economic growth caused by 
ageing populations, heavy debt burdens and  
a decade of corporate under-investment. 

But you don’t have to argue that “this time it’s 
different” in order to explain asset prices – a 
more prosaic explanation is that bond markets 
have been explicitly supported by $300 billion 
a month globally in asset purchases by central 
banks, and that government stimulus money 
has found its way into equity markets. Data on 
US household net worth tells us what markets 
have long since figured out: the pandemic has 
made the average consumer wealthier. The 
poorest half of US households saw aggregate 
household net worth jump by 36% during the 
first year of the pandemic, equivalent to an 
increase of about $700 billion spread across 
64 million households. That’s not far off the 

$850 billion the US government spent sending 
stimulus checks to citizens over the same 
period. Wealthier households did even better, 
with gains driven by the boom in house prices 
and the rally in the stock market. 

How did we do?
The Investment Management division adjusted 
rapidly to the new working environment and 
was able, during the course of the year, to 
largely overcome the negative impact of the 
initial decline in market prices. The managers 
promptly contacted their clients, despite 
the obstructions that the various lockdowns 
imposed on communications, maintaining 
relationships and providing important 
reassurance at a vital time. As a result,  
very few clients felt compelled to exit capital 
markets completely despite the extreme 
volatility and uncertainty.

Assisted by a regular supply of pandemic-
inspired investment ideas in the weekly 
Patricians meetings, managers were able 
to reposition portfolios where necessary or 
hold on to existing investments where there 
was a sufficient prospect of recovery. It was 
a testament to the professionalism and 
competence of our managers that they  
were able to overcome the twin disadvantages 
of holding a relatively high proportion of  
UK-domiciled assets and a bias towards 
dividend income across their client mandates. 
As a result, I am delighted to report that our 
clients have generally seen a substantial 
recovery in portfolio values from the lows  
of last year and, in many cases, portfolio  
values are now above pre-pandemic levels.

In addition, management instigated a project 
to track and apportion overheads within the 
Investment Management division, in fine 
detail, to individual business units. This has 
revealed a number of areas for improvement 
in operating margins and various projects have 
been identified that will contribute to this goal. 
For example, the Investment Management 
division’s model portfolio service, operating 
under the Service First brand, was centralised 
and upgraded, related commercial terms were 
improved and its investment process is now 
managed directly by the Investment Senate. 
The Service First models will also be used to 
spearhead the firm’s ESG product strategy.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
18 

Finance Director’s review

Resilience and  
agility through a  
challenging year

The strength of our underlying business  
model shone through amidst a challenging  
year for our revenues.

Sanath Dandeniya
Finance Director

Financial performance
The reduction of interest rates meant coming 
into the year we knew our operating revenues 
would be depleted significantly. In the event, the 
year on year interest reduction was £1.4 million 
(2021: £0.9 million vs 2020: £2.3 million), which 
had a direct £ for £ impact on our reported 
revenue, operating profit and cash generation. 
In light of this, the business and financial focus 
has been revenue generation, cost reduction 
and cash management. So how did we perform? 
Taking each in turn:

Total revenue
Total revenue reduced by 3.5% to £30.3 million 
(2020: £31.4 million), but excluding the interest 
impact, it rose by 1.0% or £0.3 million. The 
increase came from strong performances in our 
trading and arbitrage activities. Commission 
income from trading increased by 11% to £9 
million and the arbitrage desk, including recovery 
of the mark to market losses reported last year, 
delivered a 250% increase in gross income to  
£1 million. Management fee income, being a 
factor of market values, was 2.2% down from last 
year, or £0.4 million, but it is encouraging to see 
levels returning to pre-pandemic heights in the 
last quarter and continuing in the first quarter of 
the new financial year. A major disappointment 
was our structured investments activity, which 
experienced a difficult year and ended 39% 
down (£0.7 million) from last year. Revenues 
from our investor immigration business also 
reduced by £0.1 million, reflecting the pandemic’s 
curtailment of international travel and migration.

Overall, with increased trading commissions, 
reduction in interest turn and the market driven 
downturn in fee revenue, the mix between 
broking and non-broking income saw a shift 
towards broking income in the year. It accounted 
for 29.7% (2020: 25.7%) in the year.

Cost reduction
Administrative expenses, excluding exceptional 
items, reduced by £652,000 (as noted in the 
Chairman’s statement, £525,000 of this was 
as a direct result of Management led cost 
reduction measures), or 3.1%, during the year, 
notwithstanding a significant year on year 
increase in regulatory costs of £233,000.  
The cost reductions principally reflect prompt 
actions taken to mitigate the impact of 
the pandemic. These included Directors’ 
voluntary pay reductions, reduced salaries 
following redundancies, placing discretionary 
staff recruitment and capital expenditure on 
hold; an intense de-papering programme to 
streamline and further digitise client and staff 
communications; and the renegotiation of a 
number of supplier contracts. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Strategic report 

19

Reconciliation of operating profit to operating  
profit before exceptional items

Operating profit 
Exceptional items (note 10) 

Operating profit before tax and exceptional items 

Reconciliation of (loss)/profit before tax to profit  
before tax and exceptional items

(Loss)/profit before tax 
Exceptional items (note 10) 

Profit before tax and exceptional items 

Adjusted EBITDA

Operating profit 
Exceptional items (note 10)  
Amortisation / depreciation (note 31) 
Right-of-use assets depreciation charge (note 31) 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Underlying cash generated by the Group

Net cash inflow from operations 
Working capital 
Lease liability payments under IFRS 16 
Exceptional items (note 10) 

Underlying cash generated in the period 

2021 
£’000 

22 
419 

441 

2021 
£’000 

(114) 
419 

305 

2021 
£’000 

22 
419 
1,212 
961 

2,614 

2021 
£’000 

1,806 
(8) 
(1,133) 
419 

1,084 

2020
£’000

1,092
(375)

717

2020
£’000

963
(375)

588

2020
£’000

1,092
(375)
1,199
867

2,783

2020
£’000

3,483
(160)
(1,101)
(375)

1,847

The Group also benefited from lower 
consumption of staff related expenses such as 
travel and subsistence during the lockdown with 
most staff working from home. Although the 
Group initially took advantage of government 
support, as performance improved during the 
period all amounts received were repaid in full 
in the year.

Cash management
The Group’s treasury team maintained tight 
focus on and management of cash throughout 
the year, with cash inflow from operations being 
£1.8 million. Underlying cash generated from 
operations, principally reflecting the impact of 
lease liability payments, non-cyclical working 
capital movements and exceptional items 
(see adjacent reconciliation), was £1.08 million 
(2020: £1.85 million) demonstrating the Group 
remained strongly cash positive after satisfying 
lease liability obligations. After deducting cash 
deployed in investing activities and dividends 
paid, cash and cash equivalents increased to 
£8.86 million at year-end (2020: £8.61 million). 

Financial result and alternative 
performance measures
The Group’s operating profit and loss before 
tax for the year of £22,000 and £114,000, 
respectively (2020: operating profit and profit 
before tax of £1,092,000 and £963,000, 
respectively) are disappointing, but reflect a 
recovery in the second half of the year when 
compared to the operating loss before tax of 
£451,000 in the first half. The annual results 
include exceptional charges of £419,000 (2020: 
exceptional income of £375,000), reflecting the 
drivers of income and costs explained above. 
Adjusting for exceptional items (see adjacent 
reconciliation and further detail in note 10 on 
page 81), the Group’s operating profit and 
profit before tax for the year are £441,000 and 
£305,000, respectively (2020: £717,000 and 
£588,000, respectively) and reflect the resilience 
of the Group’s core business within the context of 
a most challenging year. 

The Group’s adjusted EBITDA (being EBITDA 
adjusted for exceptional items – see adjacent 
reconciliation) is £2.61 million (2020: £2.78 
million), which again demonstrates a sound 
performance in view of the significant impact  
of reduced base rates on the results.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20 

Finance Director’s review (continued)

I mentioned earlier that it has been pleasing 
to see an improvement in management fee 
income as markets have recovered. Total 
Assets Under Management and Administration 
(“AUMA”) averaged £4.9 billion during the year, 
compared with £5.0 billion in the previous year, 
affected by the collapse in equity markets in 
March 2020 due to the onset of the global 
pandemic. Discretionary and Advisory Assets 
Under Management were similarly impacted by 
the market decline, though recovered by end  
of the year to £3.4 billion (2020: £2.8 billion). 
Total AUMA is up 24% from March 2020 levels 
to £5.4 billion (2020: £4.3 billion).

Divisional performance
The Investment Management division delivered 
an operating profit of £1.3 million for the year, 
compared to £2.0 million in the previous year. 
As noted in the context of the Group’s results, 
this reflects the significant reduction in interest 
receivable on managed deposits, lower income 
from the structured products business where 
the double impact of lower interest rates and 
a decline in dividends paid by UK companies 
contributed to the worst environment 
for pricing the sector has seen, and lower 
management fee income, mitigated by strong 
performances in trading commissions and the 
arbitrage desk activities.

Looking forward, management is not planning 
for any reversal in base rate reductions and 
therefore remains focused on initiatives to 
improve the division’s operating margins. Also 
the prospects for the structured investments 
business have improved as competitors exit 
this sector together with recent improvement 
in pricing conditions. Moreover, the structured 
investments team was strengthened before 
the onset of the pandemic and is positioned to 
exploit future opportunities.

Regulatory own funds and own funds requirement
Own funds

Share capital and share premium 
Retained earnings 
Other reserves 
Less:  
Own shares held 
Regulatory adjustments 

Total own funds 

Own funds requirement

Credit risk requirement 
Market risk requirement 
Operational risk requirement 

Total own funds requirement 

Regulatory capital surplus  

Cover on own funds as a %  

2021 
£’000 

6,651  
11,260  
4,723  

(312) 
(10,584) 

11,738  

2021 
£’000 

 1,639  
 598  
 3,145  

 5,382  

2020
£’000

6,651 
11,582 
4,723 

(312)
(10,701)

11,943 

2020
£’000

 1,490 
 387 
 3,144 

 5,021 

 6,356  

 6,922 

218.1% 

237.9%

The Wealth Management division’s progress 
was hindered by market conditions and 
departures of underperforming teams, resulting 
in the division reporting an operating loss of 
£127,000 (2020: operating profit £42,000) on 
revenues of £1.6 million (2020: £1.9 million). 
However, its rejuvenation continues apace with 
the hiring of new advisers and the acquisition 
of a client book with funds under management 
and we anticipate continued growth and 
improved results in the coming year.

EnOC Technologies Limited (“EnOC”) reported 
an operating loss of £127,000 (2020: £29,000) 
as it continues to invest in its capabilities and 
future prospects. Its technology underpins the 
Group’s delivery platforms whilst it also focuses 
on external market opportunities.

Capital resources, liquidity  
and regulatory capital
The Group’s capital structure, comprising 
solely of equity capital, provides a stable 
platform to support growth. At year end, net 
assets are £22.3 million (2020: £22.6 million), 
reflecting a small net reduction due to the 
reported loss after tax and dividends paid. 
Liquidity remains strong with cash and cash 
equivalents increasing over the year to £8.9 
million and testimony to the Group’s overall 
resilience and the early measures taken to 
address the pandemic. Regulatory capital 
at year end, including audited reserves for 
the year, is £11.738 million (2020: 11.943 
million), comfortably in excess of the Group’s 
capital requirements as shown in the tables 
above. The finance team has also planned 
for the introduction of the new prudential 
regulatory regime.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   Strategic report 

21

Dividends
The pandemic has not been without its 
challenges and the Group has made an overall 
loss for the year. However, in view of the second 
half performance, strong capital and liquidity 
position, balanced reward to our people and 
confident financial outlook, it is right to reward 
our shareholders for their support. I fully support 
the Board’s recommendation to pay a final 
dividend of 0.60 pence per share on 1 October 
2021 for those members on the shareholders’ 
register on 17 September 2021. Including the 
interim dividend of 0.15 pence per share (2020: 
0.60 pence per share), the total dividend for the 
year is 0.75 pence per share (2020: 0.60 pence 
per share).

Sanath Dandeniya
Finance Director

20 August 2021

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
22 

Supporting our community

Acting and delivering responsibly

Positive impact
At Walker Crips, we recognise the value of 
partnerships as a powerful tool that can benefit 
our society. We endeavour to be successful 
for our clients, our shareholders and our staff, 
but we also try to do our part and give back 
wherever we can to our community. We believe 
that success should not only be defined in the 
commercial sense, but that it should also be 
measured by the positive impact that we have 
on those who are in need and by the difference 
that our work makes for future generations. 
To this end, we seek to develop partnerships 
with organisations that we can support, and 
when possible, to use our technology to assist 
them in multiplying their efforts. Many of 
our employees are also personally involved in 
charitable organisations and activities, and 
occasionally organise events at a local level, 
which we endeavour to support where we can.

Our partner charity
We are pleased to continue supporting Twining 
Enterprise, a charity whose mission is to help 
individuals with mental health challenges find 
and sustain mainstream employment through 
skills training, practical advice, coaching, 
community outreach, partnerships with 
wide-ranging community organisations, and 
other forms of support. Twining understands 
that people who struggle with mental health 
issues face unique work barriers, preventing 
them from getting into, and staying in work. 
They believe that with the right support, these 
barriers can be overcome and people can enjoy 
a healthy working life.

“The partnership with Walker 
Crips has enabled Twining to 
reach more of London’s most 
disadvantaged people as well 
as help us develop further 
routes for ongoing financial 
sustainability and innovation  
to ensure we can meet the 
growing number of people 
experiencing mental health 
problems for years to come.”

Oliver Jacobs
CEO, Twining Enterprise

TWINING’S MISSION
Twining’s mission has become even more 
crucial during the COVID-19 pandemic, 
which has been a particularly challenging 
time for many affected individuals. As the 
demand for their services has increased 
significantly, their resources have been 
overstretched and it has become harder to 
raise the financial support that they need. 
Most people are familiar with bigger and 
more high-profile charities, but smaller 
organisations like Twining often find it 
difficult to gain exposure and visibility. 
Our goal is to assist them in increasing 
awareness of the important work that they 
do by providing financial support and also 
by sharing our technological capabilities. 
As a company that has been designing and 
building our own technology for decades, 
we are proud to use it in service of charities 
such as Twining, by creating technology 
solutions that can multiply their efforts, 
help them achieve greater efficiency in 
their day to day operations, and maximise 
their impact.

Visit their website
For more information about Twining  
go to www.twiningenterprise.org.uk

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Strategic report 

23

About Twining
Twining has provided mental health and 
employment support across London for over 
25 years and since 2008 has delivered 65 
different projects to over 10,000 individuals. 
These projects have spanned a range of 
employment support models (included 
Individual Placement and Support models, 
peer support and retention). They have 
in-depth experience in the London boroughs 
across North and West London with strong 
statutory, community and employer 
relationships built up over the years. 

26yrs

Supporting the people of London

70%

Participants independently job 
searching after the programme

Twining’s impact
In 2020 alone, Twining supported over 
1,500 individuals, with nearly 70% of them 
now independently job-searching, in work, 
further education or training. Since the 
start of the pandemic, Twining have had to 
do a lot more given the increased demand 
for their services; going forward, rising 
unemployment and concurrent mental 
health challenges will mean the charity’s 
work is going to be needed more than ever. 
If you are able to, please join them in their 
mission to end the vicious cycle of mental 
health and unemployment. If you wish to 
find out more about their work, make a 
donation or sign up as a supporter, please 
visit www.enoc.pro/community.

1,500

Individuals supported in 2020

Twining’s services
Services for clients: supporting individuals 
to become self-responsible, financially 
independent, have a sense of purpose and 
engage with others and their community. 
We achieve this through 1-2-1 and group 
interventions, individually tailored support 
and coaching and mentoring.

Support for employers: helping business 
owners and managers to positively address 
mental health at work and recruit and 
retain staff with mental health problems as 
effectively as possible.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
24 

Principal business risks

Sound risk management

Status
Changes in risk status reflect the change in 
values of Pillar 2 capital requirement in the 
Group Risk Matrix in the financial year ended  
31 March 2021 and forward-looking 
assessment of the risk landscape in the 
financial year ending 31 March 2022, by the 
Head of Group Risk. Changes to the Group 
Risk Matrix are based on assessments by the 
relevant risk event owner, of changes to the 
estimated impact or likelihood of a particular 
risk event as part of the Group Internal Capital 
Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”).

Risk appetite
The Group’s risk appetite is defined as both the 
amount and type of risk the Group is prepared  
to take or retain in the pursuit of its strategy,  
as established in the Group ICAAP. The Group’s 
description of risk appetite against each 
category can be mapped to the maximum  
levels of Pillar 2 capital requirement as follows:

Risk appetite  
in each category 
Zero/Low 
Low/Medium 
Medium 
Medium/High 
High 

Maximum Pillar 2 
capital requirement
Less than £0.5m
£0.5m – £3m
£3m – £5m
£5m – £7m
Greater than £7m

Risk

How it arises

Mitigation

Status

Client risk/Counterparty risk

Client failure to 
settle transaction

Risk appetite –  
Low/Medium

Status – Unchanged

Conduct risk

Customer outcomes

Risk appetite –  
Low/Medium

Status – Increased

The risk that a client or market counterparty 
will not meet its obligations to the Group in 
accordance with agreed terms resulting in 
losses. This risk can arise when a client fails 
to pay for a purchase of shares or to deliver 
a certificate of ownership of a stock which 
has been sold. A similar exposure also arises 
if a market maker fails to complete the same 
trade through corresponding payment or 
stock delivery.

Daily monitoring of clients’ positions and 
counterparty exposures and individual trade 
limits. Credit assessments of counterparties and 
treasury policy to avoid concentration risk. Credit 
risk assessments of banks and custodians, active 
monitoring of exposures and use of credit ratings. 
Using several banks to hold both clients’ and 
the firm’s money, with levels being constantly 
reviewed.

Increased trading activity, as markets 
recovered in the second half of the 
financial year, has been offset by a 
robust control framework, leaving risk 
unchanged.

The risk that clients or the wider market 
suffer detriment as a result of inappropriate 
behaviour or actions by staff or business 
partners. This risk can arise when 
representatives of the Group are not given 
sufficient training or awareness of the 
highest standards of behaviour central 
to the services of the Group, those being 
honesty, integrity and fairness.

Clear and balanced financial promotions, suitable 
investment advice and complaints management. 
Board oversight, development of staff and 
training, strong corporate governance with 
defined roles, ensuring the tone from the top sets 
a fair, positive and ethical culture.

Enhancements were made during the 
year to the firm’s Suitability framework, 
following focused reviews, with further 
work planned in the financial year 
ended 31 March 2022. Initiatives to 
further embed good conduct, culture 
and the objectives of the SM&CR 
regime are ongoing to continue to 
meet the evolving and increasing 
regulatory expectation in this area.

Regulatory risk

Risk appetite –  
Zero/Low

Status – Increased

The risk of failure to comply with new or 
amended regulations incurring fines and 
causing reputational detriment. Failure by 
Management to recognise the scope and 
impact of new or amended regulations on 
the business model and resources needed to 
implement change.

Board oversight, development of staff and 
training, strong corporate governance with 
defined roles, recovery plan, monitoring the 
Group’s performance relative to competitors, 
compliance monitoring programme, regulatory 
development oversight, documented policy and 
procedures and regular contact with regulators. 
Peer comparison and communication, increased 
compliance personnel and early gap analyses 
conducted.

As the FCA moves forward under 
new leadership and its extensive 
Transformation Project agenda, 
regulatory interaction will increase 
across the industry. The Group will 
face the key challenges of the New 
Prudential Regime for Investment 
Firms and the proposed Consumer 
Duty measures. 

Liquidity risk

Risk appetite –  
Zero/Low 

Status – Reduced

The risk that the Group is unable to meet 
its payment obligations associated with 
its financial liabilities as they fall due. This 
risk can arise in the stockbroking business, 
where large amounts of trade values are 
being settled daily and can lead to a funding 
requirement due to a delay in market 
delivery or late settlement by clients.

Maintenance of surplus liquid resources cash flow 
forecasting, experienced management team 
monitoring settlement performance and liquid 
financial trading book that can be realised. Group 
entities settle intercompany balances regularly 
and are not reliant on intra-group funding.

As the negative impact of COVID-19 
on trading performance reduced in the 
second half of the financial year, the 
Group’s liquidity position improved, 
cash balances having increased year on 
year to 31 March 2021 and budgetary 
projections forecasting for this to 
continue in the new financial year.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
   Strategic report 

25

Risk

How it arises

Mitigation

Status

Market risk

Market risk

Risk appetite –  
Low/Medium

Status – Unchanged

Capital 
adequacy risk

Capital adequacy

Risk appetite –  
Low/Medium

Status – Reduced

The risk of losses arising as a result of 
exposure to market movements in the price 
of securities, foreign exchange and interest 
rates. This risk can arise when the Group’s 
proprietary trading book positions incur 
losses on negative price movement.

Proprietary trading book positions are tightly 
controlled by centrally imposed trading limits and 
are regularly monitored.

Increased proprietary trading 
transactional activity in the year, 
particularly in the Group’s arbitrage 
trading book, remained well managed 
and within risk tolerances.

The risk that the Group’s business strategy 
and plans for growth are not sustainable on 
the existing regulatory capital base. This risk 
can arise when new acquisitions, products 
or initiatives are embarked upon without 
sufficient reference to impact on regulatory 
capital adequacy, or market conditions lead 
to sustained falls in revenues that fully erode 
profit margins.

The market expectation continues to be one 
of prevailing low interest rates. The March 
2020 reduction in base rates had a material 
negative impact on profit in the year. But 
this has been offset by improved fees and 
commission, particularly in the second half 
of the financial year.

A significant regulatory capital surplus is 
maintained and regularly monitored based on 
actual performance and business projections. 
Surplus cash balances are also maintained and 
liquidity requirements carefully monitored. 
Regulatory capital requirements and adequacy 
are reviewed through the Individual Capital 
Adequacy Assessment Process and related stress 
testing. New initiatives are examined and stress 
tested prior to implementation.

The Group has multiple sources of income that 
complement each other and a large part of the 
Group’s Portfolio management fees are accrued 
on a daily basis which reduces the risk of large 
fee reductions in a declining\volatile market. 
Executive Management is focused on new 
business initiatives and cost management.

An improved regulatory capital surplus 
has resulted from cost management 
and revenue generation initiatives and 
improved market levels and activity. 

The firm continues to develop its three- 
pronged strategy and to decouple long 
term profitability from being reliant on 
interest income.

Operational risk

Business disruption

Risk appetite – 
Medium

Status – Reduced

The risk that an internal or external 
event (e.g. COVID-19) causes failure of 
core business activities or IT systems 
supporting them. This risk can arise when 
our companies fail to effectively control or 
administer the operating systems at the 
root of operations, fail to manage their 
resource requirements properly or maintain 
inadequate security arrangements.

Cyber security

Risk appetite –  
Low/Medium

Status – Unchanged

The risk of fraudulent action by internal or 
external parties maliciously breaching or 
misusing the Group’s internal systems. This 
risk can arise from failure to implement 
sufficient controls over security access to all 
IT systems.

Personnel

Risk appetite – 
Zero/Low

Status – Unchanged

The risk of losing key staff and self-
employed investment managers who are 
the drivers of significant components within 
the Group. This risk can arise from the failure 
to reward individuals with challenging 
performance targets, and competitive levels 
of financial compensation.

Business and information system recovery plans 
are approved, tested and maintained. Data 
incident log records and analyses all unforeseen 
events to prevent recurrence or mitigate impact by 
increasing operational resilience. Insurance cover 
in place for certain causations (e.g. financial crime 
and consequential loss).

COVID-19 driven disruption to business 
as usual has diminished as new ways 
of working and associated controls 
have become embedded as part of the 
Group’s operations.

Senior Management oversight, in depth cyber 
security training programme, policies and 
procedures (including working from home 
policies), encryption and protection software 
installed, prevention procedures, segregation 
of duties between front and back office, system 
authority and payment limits and system access 
controls and heightened employee awareness 
based on experience to match the greater risk 
presented by recent threats reported in the sector. 
Insurance cover in place for certain causations 
(e.g. cyber crime, data losses).

Succession and contingency planning and 
appropriate compensation levels to reward and 
retain staff. Investment in staff through training, 
key person insurance cover and contractual 
restrictive covenants.

External threats continue to increase 
in volume and sophistication, but risks 
remain well managed and mitigated 
by investment in our cyber security 
systems and controls and an increase 
in cyber security insurance.

Personnel risk continues to be 
heightened as a result of the 
pandemic, but has been offset by 
management actions e.g. increased 
staff engagement, focused pay 
reviews, town halls, enhanced appraisal 
processes and a more effective 
recruitment process.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
26 

Board of Directors

Experienced leadership  
and a safe pair of hands

M

C M RI

N

R

Sean Lam FCPA (Aust.), 
Chartered FCSI
Group Chief Executive Officer

Sean Lam is a passionate technologist and 
innovator, and has made it his quest to “engineer 
out complexities”. He was appointed Group Chief 
Executive Officer in September 2017.

His tenure with Walker Crips began as 
Development Director in 1999 with overall 
responsibility for systems development and 
technology, Chief Operating Officer and 
Chief Technology Officer in 2004, and Group 
Managing Director in 2007. He commenced 
his career with Phillip Securities in Singapore in 
1992 and was the Head of Internal Audit, and 
then Head of Operations in 1995.

Sean graduated in 1991 with a Bachelor of 
Commerce from the University of Western 
Australia majoring in accounting and finance 
and attained his professional qualification as a 
CPA in 1995. Sean is a Fellow of CPA Australia, 
was a member of its European Council from 
2010 to 2015, and President of its European 
Region in 2012 and again in 2013. He is a 
Chartered Fellow of the Chartered Institute  
for Securities & Investment.

Sean is also founder and Chief Executive 
Officer of EnOC Technologies, Walker Crips’ 
fintech SaaS company providing regtech to 
the industry, with the aim of helping smaller 
companies close the technology gap.

Sanath Dandeniya FCCA
Group Finance Director

Martin Wright
Chairman

Martin Wright was appointed to the Board in 
July 1996 as a Non-Executive Director and was 
appointed as Chairman in September 2020. 
He is a Partner of Charles Russell Speechlys LLP 
(Solicitors). Martin is a member of the  
Law Society. He is also a Non-Executive Director 
of a number of private companies.

Sanath Dandeniya was appointed Group 
Finance Director in September 2019.

Sanath, an ACCA qualified accountant, has 
over 20 years’ experience in the financial 
services sector. He joined the Group in 2016 
as Group Financial Controller, promoted to 
Finance Director of Walker Crips Investment 
Management in November 2018, and then 
appointed to the Group Board in 2019 as  
Group Finance Director.

Sanath is also a proponent of technology 
and digital strategies and enjoys adopting 
appropriate technologies to drive efficiencies 
and to improve business effectiveness.

Before joining the Group, Sanath was at Brewin 
Dolphin for 15 years, the majority of the time  
as their Group Financial Controller.

Committee key

A   Audit Committee

C   Compliance Committee

M   Management Committee

N   Nomination Committee

R   Remuneration Committee

RI   Risk Management Committee

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Strategic report 

27

Our Board of Directors invest the expertise and experience gathered 
over decades, and the skills and knowledge gained from their respective 
institutes, into managing the Walker Crips Group.

A

N

R

A

N

R

N

R

David Gelber
Non-Executive Director

Clive Bouch FCA
Senior Independent Director

Hua Min Lim
Non-Executive Director

David Gelber served as Non-Executive 
Independent Chairman of the Board of  
Walker Crips Group plc from January 2007 until 
September 2020 when he stood down  
as Chairman but has remained a Non-Executive 
member of the Board. 

He served as Group Chief Operating Officer  
of ICAP plc from 1994 to 2005 and previously 
held the position of Chief Operating Officer 
of HSBC Global Markets. Prior to joining HSBC 
he held senior trading positions at Citibank, 
Chemical Bank and JPMorgan. 

He currently serves as a Non-Executive  
Director of IPGL Ltd, an investment holding 
company, DDCAP Ltd, an arranger of Islam-
compliant financial transactions, Veridium  
ID Ltd, a leading cyber security company,  
a Frontier Market investment boutique and 
Amadeo Air Four PLC, a closed-end fund 
investing in aircraft leasing. 

His previous directorships include Globeop 
Financial Services and eSeclending LLC  
in Boston.

Clive Bouch was appointed to the Board in 
March 2017 and chairs the Audit Committee as 
well as being a member of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees. 

He currently serves as an independent Non-
Executive Director of the Steamship Mutual 
Insurance London, Europe and Bermuda 
Protection & Indemnity Clubs where he is a 
member of the Claims, Finance & Nomination 
and Audit & Risk Committees, and The 
Ardonagh Group where he chairs the Group 
Audit Committee and is a member of the Group 
Risk and Remuneration Committees. 

From 2011 through 2019 Clive was an 
independent Non-Executive Director of Invesco 
UK Limited where he also chaired the Audit and 
Risk Committees. Previously he was a partner 
in leading accounting firms where he provided 
audit and advisory services to companies in the 
financial services industry. 

He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales, Chartered 
Fellow of the Chartered Institute for Securities 
& Investment and a Chartered Insurance 
Practitioner.

Hua Min Lim is the Executive Chairman of the 
PhillipCapital Group of Companies and was 
also appointed Chairman of IFS Capital Limited 
on 20 May 2003. He began his career holding 
senior positions in the Stock Exchange of 
Singapore and the Securities Research Institute. 
He has served on a number of committees 
and sub-committees of the Stock Exchange 
of Singapore. In 1997, he was appointed 
Chairman of the Stock Exchange of Singapore 
(“SES”) Review Committee, which is responsible 
for devising a conceptual framework to make 
Singapore’s capital markets more globalised, 
competitive and robust. For this service, he 
was awarded the Public Service Medal (“PBM”) 
in 1999 by the Singapore Government. In 
2014, he was also awarded “IBF Distinguished 
Fellow” (Securities & Futures), the highest 
certification mark bestowed by The Institute 
of Banking and Finance on industry captains 
who are the epitome of professional stature, 
integrity and achievement. In 2018, he was 
named Businessman of the Year 2017 at the 
annual Singapore Business Awards, which is 
Singapore’s most prestigious business accolade. 
He served as a board member in the Inland 
Revenue Authority Singapore from 2004 to 
2010. Hua Min Lim holds a Bachelor of Science 
Degree (Honours) in Chemical Engineering 
from the University of Surrey and obtained a 
Master’s Degree in Operations Research and 
Management Studies from Imperial College, 
London University. Hua Min Lim joined the 
Walker Crips Group Board in March 1993.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
28 

Introduction to governance

Chairman’s commentary on governance

Martin Wright
Chairman

Beyond adherence to the Code, my Board 
colleagues and I are well aware of the increased 
focus on wider Environmental, Social and 
Governance (“ESG”) factors which are seen as 
key determinants of whether businesses are 
conducted in a responsible manner. Details 
of how we have addressed those factors are 
contained in the Section 172 Statement on 
pages 35 to 37, as well as other parts of this 
Annual Report. Suffice it to say here that with 
challenges come opportunities and amongst 
the ESG positives to have come from the 
pandemic have been significant reductions in 
our carbon footprint through the digitisation 
and automation of our processes and business 
practices, the elimination of waste wherever 
possible and a greater than ever concern for, 
and attention to, the wellbeing of our own 
workforce and the communities around us,  
as befits a caring employer.

The Code also provides that all of the Directors 
should now be subject to annual re-election. 
I can confirm that all current members of the 
Board will be putting themselves forward for 
re-election at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting, as set out in the Notice of that 
meeting on pages 104 to 110.

Martin Wright
Chairman

20 August 2021

Dear Shareholder

Although I only took over the reins from David 
Gelber as Group Chairman halfway through 
the last financial year, my many years serving 
as a Non-Executive Director on your Board, as 
well as others, added to my longer experience 
as a corporate lawyer, have made me very 
aware of the importance of the quality and 
effectiveness of the governance of publicly 
listed companies such as ours. I and we are 
not daunted by the increasing scrutiny of 
governance. The fundamental tenets – acting 
in the best long-term interests of shareholders 
and other stakeholders, promoting a positive 
culture and high standards of conduct and 
behaviour throughout the workforce, and 
acting with integrity and transparency – have 
long been embedded in the Board’s and 
senior management’s collective psyche.

The introduction by the Financial Reporting 
Council (“FRC”) of a revised UK Corporate 
Governance Code in July 2018 (“the Code” – 
available to view at www.frc.org.uk), and its 
application to the Company from April 2019 
have not necessitated any fundamental change 
in our business practices or procedures. Given 
our size, it is helpful that the Code recognises 
that one size does not fit all and that factors 
such as the size, nature and complexity of the  
business may justify a tailored approach  
to the Code’s supporting provisions which are 
intended to operate on a “comply or explain” 
basis. The following report by the Directors 
on the Group’s governance has, therefore, 
been prepared on this basis, with openness 
in explaining any deviations from the Code’s 
provisions and alternative arrangements in place.

The governance of our business has been 
thoroughly tested over the past 18 months by 
the Covid crisis and, I am satisfied, has not been 
found wanting. This has been demonstrated 
by our readiness for and relatively seamless 
transition to most of our workforce working 
from home since mid-March 2020. This new 
way of operating has obviously not been 
without its challenges but of paramount 
importance to management has been the 
health, safety and welfare of our employees 
and the preservation of our high standards of 
service for our clients. I have been pleased to 
see how well we have adapted to this new way 
of working and communicating. At Board level, 
this has involved an increased frequency of 
formal and informal meetings, albeit virtually, 
to ensure that we have remained on the front 
foot in dealing with both the business and 
human impacts of the pandemic.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
   Governance

29

Report by the Directors – on corporate governance matters
year ended 31 March 2021

This report, together with the Audit Committee and Remuneration reports on subsequent pages, explains how the Company has applied the principles 
of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) to the governance of the Group’s affairs.

Compliance
In view of the size and nature of the Company’s and its operating subsidiaries’ businesses, the Board takes a proportionate approach in applying 
the Code’s provisions. In accordance with the “comply or explain” guidance, this report explains where the Company complies and where alternative 
arrangements are adopted. The principal areas of non-compliance with the Code’s provisions are:

  the composition of the Board, with regard to the independence of its Non-Executive Directors, and the formal evaluation of the Board’s,  

its members’ and its Committees’ effectiveness; and

  the means by which the Board engages with the Group’s workforce

all of which are addressed under the following relevant sections of this report.

Board leadership and Company purpose
Purpose, values, business model and strategy
The Group’s purpose, values, business model and strategy, their alignment with our culture, and how we seek to generate and preserve value over  
the long term, are set out on pages 8 to 15.

Strategy execution, threats to plan, business risks, emerging opportunities and progress made are addressed by:

  evaluating strategic proposals to ensure that they are aimed at enhancing the business model and generating value for shareholders;
  considering the views and priorities of key stakeholders and the impact on strategy;
  identifying and reviewing existing and emerging threats to plan and business risks, and how these are being managed or mitigated, as described  

on pages 24 to 25;

  ensuring the Group’s resources and competencies are aligned with achievement of its strategic ambitions;
  reinforcing the Group’s values by adopting workforce policies and practices that are consistent therewith;
  promoting effective channels for the workforce to raise any concerns;
  implementing robust procedures to manage conflicts of interest;
  monitoring progress towards the delivery of the Group’s strategic initiatives; and
  undertaking half-yearly assessments of the Group’s prospects and viability and its ability to continue as a going concern, as detailed on  

pages 33 and 34.

Particular attention was given throughout the year to reassessing the Group’s principal risks and the effects upon them and the business model  
of the pandemic.

Culture and workforce engagement
The Board recognises the importance of workforce engagement and ensuring that the culture throughout the Group is aligned with its purpose, values 
and strategy. This is addressed by the Executive Directors and at Board and Committee meetings through:

  Executives’ regular engagement with the workforce as explained further on pages 35 and 36;
  regular discussion at Board Meetings on culture and matters of concern to the workforce;
  receiving and reviewing any whistleblowing reports and approving remedial actions;
  monitoring levels of absenteeism and workforce turnover;
  receiving reports on conduct, including compliance breaches and any instances of fraud, and considering non-financial behaviours when assessing 

individual and Group performance and reward; and

  periodic review and approval of all Group policies regarding conduct, health and safety, human resources and social responsibility, amongst others.

The Board has not adopted one of the three methods of workforce engagement set out in the Code as the Group has a relatively small number of 
employees with regular engagement through the Executive Directors, which the Board believes provides timely and relevant communication and 
awareness of key matters. Details of the methods used are also given in the Section 172 Statement on pages 35 to 36 as are the means by which the 
views and interests of the Group’s other key stakeholders are considered and taken into account in the Board’s decision-making.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
30 

Report by the Directors – on corporate governance matters (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

Board leadership and Company purpose (continued)
Engagement with shareholders
The Board recognises the importance of regular, meaningful, transparent and effective communications with shareholders. This is principally achieved 
through:

  the Company’s Interim and Annual Reports and Accounts, which include a detailed review of the business and future developments and are 

publicly available on the Company’s website at www.wcgplc.co.uk;

  the Annual General Meeting to communicate with private and institutional investors. All Directors are available at AGMs to answer questions 
and the proxy votes cast on each resolution proposed are disclosed at those meetings. The Chairman actively encourages and welcomes all 
shareholders’ participation in the AGM;

  the Chairman and Chief Executive being in regular contact with your Group’s major shareholders, the Lim family, with important factors arising 

from these discussions promptly communicated to the Board; and

  the Board also encourages individual shareholders to raise any questions with the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Senior Independent Director 
and ensures these are addressed promptly and thoroughly. This is achieved most efficiently by contacting the Company Secretary at the following 
address: CoSec@wcgplc.co.uk.

More information on how the interests of shareholders have been taken into account in the year is contained in the Section 172 Statement  
on page 35.

Division of responsibilities
Effectiveness
The Chairman and fellow Directors are cognisant of their responsibility to direct the Group effectively, to actively participate in and contribute to 
Board discussions and to promote a culture of objectivity, openness and debate. The Board believes it achieves this with its current composition of 
two Executive Directors and four Non-Executive Directors, with separation of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer appointments. Priority is also 
placed on receiving timely and relevant information, with effective support provided by an experienced Company Secretary.

Independence of Non-Executive Directors
The Board is aware that the tenure and/or interests of a majority of its Non-Executive Directors are consistent with certain of the circumstances the 
Code identifies as likely to impair a non-executive’s independence. Specifically, Martin Wright, David Gelber and Hua Min Lim have each served on the 
Board for considerably more than nine years. Hua Min Lim, together with connected parties, is also a significant shareholder. Martin Wright had served 
for more than nine years when he was appointed Chairman of the Board and is a partner of the Group’s solicitors, Charles Russell Speechlys LLP.

Although the duration of their Board appointments and the other interests are circumstances identified by the Code that could impair independence, 
the Board reviews the Directors’ contributions every year and is satisfied that they continue to deliver both objectivity and value, providing constructive 
challenge and support to the Executive Directors and Management, and demonstrate an independent approach to their responsibilities. In considering 
effectiveness, the Non-Executive Directors’ collective and individual competencies, experience and time availability to perform their roles are kept 
under review. 

The Non-Executive Directors meet without the Executive Directors being present, further enhancing the effectiveness with which they both scrutinise 
the Executive Directors’ performance and hold them to account. Clive Bouch, who has served on the Board since 2017, acts as Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director to provide a sounding board for the Chairman and serve as an intermediary for other Directors and shareholders. He meets 
with other Directors without the Chairman present as required, for example when addressing the Chairman’s performance and remuneration.

Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman and Chief Executive, and their responsibilities, together with those of the Senior 
Independent Director, the Board and its Committees, have been set out in writing, agreed by the Board and are publicly available.

Certain Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Group are also Directors of the Boards of the main operating companies which conduct 
regulated investment business, thereby exerting influence and constructive challenge at an operating level.

Governance framework
The Board has three Committees: the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee, the terms of reference of 
each of which are available on the Company’s website at www.wcgplc.co.uk. The Chairman of each of these Committees is responsible for reporting to 
the Board on how the Committee has discharged its duties. In addition, the Chairs of the Executive Risk Management Committee and the Executive 
Compliance Committee provide operational input to the Audit Committee and at Board Meetings.

Matters reserved for the Board
The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved to it for decision making, including, inter alia, developing the future direction of the Group’s 
business, agreeing policies and procedures, approving material transactions, business plans, business risk reviews and borrowings, and monitoring the 
Group’s progress. The full list of matters reserved for the Board is available on the Company’s website at www.wcgplc.co.uk.

All operating subsidiaries’ Boards and other management or operational committees include at least one main Board Executive Director who serves as 
the link between the Board and Management on operational decision-making.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Governance

31

Board attendance
The following table shows the attendance of the Directors at Board Meetings and as members or invitees at Board Committee Meetings during the 
year:

Total number of meetings 
Martin Wright (Chairman) 
Clive Bouch (Senior Independent Director) 
David Gelber (Non-Executive Director) 
Hua Min Lim (Non-Executive Director)1 
Sean Lam (Chief Executive) 
Sanath Dandeniya (Group Finance Director)  

Board 

Audit 
Committee 

Remuneration 
Committee 

Nomination
Committee

11 
10 
10 
10 
0 
11 
11 

7 
7 
7 
7 
n/a1 
n/a 
7 

1 
1 
1 
1 
0 
1 
1 

1
1
1
1
0
n/a
n/a

1   Hua Min Lim, who is based in Singapore, is provided the management information packs in advance of each Board Meeting for his comments, which are then relayed  

to the Board.

As indicated by the attendance table above, the Board meets regularly through scheduled meetings and at other times as necessary throughout 
the year. The Company Secretary attends all Board Meetings and is responsible for advising the Board on corporate governance matters. Both the 
appointment and the removal of the Company Secretary are matters reserved for the Board.

Composition, succession and evaluation
Diversity and inclusion 
The Board recognises the governance benefits that breadth of perspective and diverse traits deliver. We remain committed to promote talented 
individuals as executives on merit, both internally and through recruitment, with our whole-hearted encouragement supported by accessible training 
and regular open communication between Directors and staff.

Nomination Committee
The Committee’s principal responsibilities are to ensure Board appointments are subject to a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure and that 
succession plans are based on merit and objective criteria. It also seeks to ensure the contribution of each Director is monitored and the effectiveness 
of the Board as a whole is evaluated. The Committee consists of Martin Wright, Clive Bouch, David Gelber and Hua Min Lim.

The Nomination Committee met once during the year to consider and recommend, for Board approval, the appointment of Martin Wright as 
Chairman in place of David Gelber upon David’s retirement from the role at the conclusion of the 2020 AGM. It should be noted that David Gelber 
chaired this meeting, which deviated from the strict provision of the Code which requires that the Board Chair should not chair the Committee when  
it is dealing with the appointment of their successor. Martin Wright now chairs the Committee.

As explained elsewhere, the Group is undergoing a reorganisation. It is the Nomination Committee’s and Board’s considered view that the existing 
Board members should continue to serve until completion of this project, which should be during 2022. During this timeframe the Committee will also 
perform a thorough Board effectiveness assessment and conduct a search to determine a successor for David Gelber. 

This will take full account of the Board’s policy on diversity in considering any appointments within its remit, which encompasses gender, age, 
education, disability and ethnicity, and includes the appointment of female members of staff to senior management roles within the Group.

Board composition and re-election
As noted earlier in this report, the Board comprises six Directors of whom two undertake executive roles as Chief Executive and Group Finance Director 
respectively, and four are non-executives. In accordance with the Code, all of the Directors are now subject to annual re-election. Therefore, all of the 
current Directors will be put forward for re-election at the forthcoming AGM. The Directors’ biographies on pages 26 and 27 describe the range, depth 
and complementary nature of their individual skills and experience, the combination of which provides a balanced and effective Board.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32 

Report by the Directors – on corporate governance matters (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

Audit, risk and internal control
Audit Committee
During the year, the Audit Committee’s composition changed. While Clive Bouch acted as its Chairman throughout, Martin Wright stood down on his 
appointment as Board Chairman and David Gelber was appointed to the Committee in his place. 

Further information about the Audit Committee, its responsibilities and activities during the year can be found in the Audit Committee report on  
pages 38 to 41.

Risk management
The Board is responsible for the identification and robust assessment of the Group’s emerging and principal risks and this is carried out continually 
throughout the year. Details of the principal risks and how they are being managed or mitigated are set out on pages 24 to 25.

The Board has been assisted in discharging these responsibilities by the Audit Committee, as well as the Executive Risk Management Committee 
(“RMC”), the members of which have been selected based on their experience and skill sets. James Chalmers-Smith, Head of Group Risk, and a Director 
of Walker Crips Investment Management Limited, acts as the RMC’s Chairman.

The members of the main Board and operating companies’ boards are responsible for ensuring that adequate systems and controls are in place and 
that the businesses operate in accordance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements. The Executive Directors of each Group company are 
responsible for its day-to-day management.

The objectives of the RMC are to assist the Group and operating companies’ boards in fulfilling their corporate governance oversight responsibilities by 
evaluating, reviewing and reporting on:

  risk appetite, strategy and tolerance, including integration with the Group’s culture, values and behaviour; and
  the operation of risk management frameworks in the effective mitigation of strategic, operational and external risks.

The RMC ensures that all new initiatives, projects and products are formally assessed and evaluated for the degree of risk exposure and regulatory 
capital impact to the Group, thus enabling strategies for the management, mitigation, transfer or avoidance of risk to be formulated.

Each year the Board conducts a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency and liquidity.

Internal control
The Board acknowledges its responsibility for the Group’s system of internal control and has formalised the process for its review of internal control 
(including financial, operational and compliance controls as well as risk management) and defining the scope and frequency of reports to be 
received, both by the Board and the Audit Committee. There is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks 
faced by the Group. This process has been in operation throughout the year and up to the date of approval of this Annual Report and Accounts and 
is regularly reviewed by the Board which is satisfied that it accords with the relevant guidance. Due to the relatively small size of the Group there is a 
simple organisational and reporting structure. Financial results, forecasts and projections, and other information, are regularly reported to the Board 
throughout the year.

The Directors keep the Group’s internal control and risk management systems under review by conducting an annual assessment, involving dialogue 
with relevant senior managers, of the effective design and operation of the controls to meet key control objectives and to mitigate key risks. The 
Directors consider that the controls and risk management procedures established are appropriate for the Group. However, any system of internal 
control and risk management can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The Group operates under a system of internal financial controls which have been developed and refined to meet its current and future needs.

These include, but are not limited to:

  the organisational structure and the delegation of authorities to operational management;
  procedures for the review and authorisation of capital investments;
  business plans, budgets and forecasts which are reviewed by the Board;
  the reporting and review of financial results and other operating information;
  accounting and financial reporting policies to ensure the consistency, integrity and accuracy of the Group’s accounting records; and
  financial and operating controls and procedures which are in place throughout the Group and monitored through various means including routine 

and special reviews by both the external and internal auditors.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Governance

33

Compliance Committee 
The Executive Compliance Committee monitors the Group’s compliance with all regulatory matters and considers rule updates and guidance notes 
from the FCA, the Financial Ombudsman Service, the Financial Services Compensation Scheme and other UK regulatory bodies.

The Committee is also responsible for interpreting new rules, guidance notes and regulations disseminated by the FCA and other regulatory bodies. In 
the current financial year, the Committee has been engaged with Brexit developments, implementing FCA guidance on Vulnerable Clients, improving 
our Financial Crime Compliance programme, developing our Product Governance and Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) framework, and 
the implementation of the Investment Firms Prudential Regime, known as IFPR.

The Committee also ensures all compliance policies, procedures and guidance are adequately and properly implemented. James Hiett, Head of Group 
Compliance, acts as the Compliance Committee’s Chairman.

Prospects 
Although the Group has been profitable during a period of significant growth in Revenue and Assets under Management since 2012, the Directors 
consider the business is underperforming and not delivering satisfactory risk adjusted returns to shareholders.

The Group’s strategy is to build on the existing core businesses of investment management and higher margin alternatives, underpinned by both 
improved technology and a focus on cost control, to drive improvement in margins and profitability. Drawing on the Group’s technology competencies, 
the strategic initiatives also include the continued development of ‘Software as a Service’ (“SaaS”) as a business serving the financial services sector. 

The financial year 2020/21 was severely impacted by the cuts in the Bank of England base rate, as well as the negative impact of the pandemic on 
certain income streams. However, it also demonstrated a resilient underlying performance in the core investment management business. The first 
half of the year saw higher trading commissions help mitigate the loss on management fee and interest income. Higher trading activity continued 
in the second half but, more importantly, the financial markets started their recovery and helped to boost the management fee income as well. Our 
alternative investment business, equity arbitrage, performed well.

Nearly all business units gained momentum in the second half of the year, and this has continued beyond the year end. The Directors remain 
committed to the strategy and have confidence in the longer-term prospects for the Group, with increased focus on recruitment and cost control, 
process efficiencies and maintaining the required investment in new initiatives. These include the reorganisation to simplify the Group’s structure and 
gain efficiencies from various operations.

The Group prepares five-year projections for business planning purposes, its ICAAP and stress testing. However, the Directors continue to consider a 
three-year period remains appropriate for the viability statement taking into account the unpredictability inherent in the financial sector. The Directors 
do not plan to revise the three-year viability statement period in future, but will keep it under review as the strategy takes effect, income sources evolve 
and the related risks and rewards are assessed.

Viability statement
The Directors have assessed the outlook of the Group over three years, a period longer than the 12 months underpinning the ‘Going concern’ 
statement, in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. The Directors consider the three-year time frame to be appropriate in view of our 
scale, planning cycle and uncertainties in the financial services markets.

The Group’s operational capabilities were fully tested last year, with the majority of staff switching to remote working in March 2020 in compliance 
with government guidelines. Throughout the pandemic, the Group demonstrated strong liquidity and capital resilience and is well placed to progress its 
three-pronged strategy.

In the face of a successful vaccine roll-out, whilst dissipating, the pandemic continues to be a source of uncertainty, and there is a real threat of 
resurgence once again. However, the Directors have made assumptions with known facts to date in preparing the three-year forecast on which the 
Directors place reliance in making the viability assessment.

Importantly, the Directors requested that Management prepare a prudent base case scenario that assumes Bank of England base rates remain 
unchanged for the foreseeable future, and market levels continue to be steady at around 7000 for the FTSE 100 index for the 12 months to  
31 March 2022. 

This base case, following consideration of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group, was then subjected to stress and reverse stress 
scenarios as follows: (i) a “bear stress scenario” with market falls and levels of activity resulting in a reduction in total revenue of 10%; and (ii) a “severe 
stress scenario” where the impact on revenues of further significant falls in global financial markets cause reductions in commission and fee incomes of 
20% and 15%, respectively.

In the bear and severe stress scenarios, the Group has positive liquidity throughout the three-year period. All regulatory prudential requirements are 
met in the bear scenario, but the severe scenario impacts our prudential capital ratio such that, without management action, it potentially falls below 
the regulatory requirement in September 2022.

The Directors consider the severe stress scenario to be remote in view of the prudence built into the base case and stress scenarios, including that 
further mitigations available to the Directors are not reflected therein. Such mitigating actions within Management control include reduction in 
propriety risk positions, delayed capital expenditure, further reductions in discretionary spend and additional reduction in employee headcount.  
Other mitigating actions which may be possible include seeking shareholder support, potential sale of assets and stronger cost reductions.

Taking account of the current financial position, strategic plans, principal risks and the Board’s assessment of the Group’s prospects, the Directors  
have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over a period of at least  
three years.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
34 

Report by the Directors – on corporate governance matters (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

Audit, risk and internal control (continued)
Going concern
The Directors have considered the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval  
of the financial statements and are satisfied that it will be able to operate within the level of its current financing arrangements and regulatory  
capital limits imposed by the regulator, the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). Accordingly, the Board continues to adopt the going concern basis 
for the preparation of the financial statements. Further details of the Directors’ going concern assessment are provided in note 2 to the financial 
statements on page 68.

Remuneration
The Company’s remuneration policies and practices are designed to support the business strategy and promote long-term success. In particular,  
the remuneration policies and structures are designed to be straight-forward and ensure all individual bonus awards are subject to the Remuneration 
Committee’s discretion, which includes consideration of both financial and non-financial performance. No Director is involved in deciding their own 
remuneration outcome. 

The Committee and Board are aware that the current remuneration structures are reflective of legacy arrangements, particularly the formulaic profit 
share arrangements, and that presently there are no long-term incentive plans in place. As part of the reorganisation referred to above and elsewhere 
in the Annual Report and Accounts, the Remuneration Committee will undertake a full review of remuneration arrangements for Directors and senior 
management.

Information on the remuneration policy and the work of the Remuneration Committee can be found in the Remuneration report on pages 42 to 53.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Governance

35

Section 172(1) Statement
year ended 31 March 2021

Introduction
The following statement describes how the Directors have discharged their duties under Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to promote the 
success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole, having regard to the matters set out in that section (amongst others).

Our stakeholders
The Directors consider the Company’s and Group’s key stakeholders to be:

  Our Investors

Our private, professional and institutional shareholders who rely on us to protect and manage their investment in the Company and generate value 
for them;

  Our Workforce

Our directly employed staff and our network of self-employed associates;

  Our Clients

Those private and professional clients who have entrusted us with providing financial planning advice, managing and safeguarding their 
investments, and undertaking transactions execution services;

  Our Suppliers

The providers of goods and services on which our business relies;

  Our Regulators

The bodies which authorise and regulate our activities; and

  Our Communities and the Environment

The local communities in which we operate and the environment at large.

The arrangements through which the Board has regard for the likely long-term consequences of any decision taken, the interests of those stakeholder 
groups in its decision-making and the need to foster good relations with them are set out in the paragraphs below.

The likely consequences of any decision in the long term
Although the pandemic has given rise to short-term imperatives, the Board has always been careful to consider the long-term implications for the 
business and its stakeholders of any proposed course of action, whether tactical or strategic. All such proposed courses of action are assessed to ensure 
they are compliant with the law and regulations, Group risk appetite and the objective of delivering positive shareholder value. All strategic decision-
making is supported by consideration of relevant financial and non-financial analysis and forecasting.

Our shareholders
The Directors recognise and fully accept their primary duty to act in a way they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success 
of the Company for the benefit of our shareholders individually and collectively. The Company has only one class of shares which means that all 
shareholders have the same rights. Furthermore, to ensure that shareholders are treated in a consistent and equally fair manner, the Board does 
not take any decisions or actions, such as selectively disclosing confidential or inside information that would provide any shareholder or group of 
shareholders with an unfair advantage or position compared to the shareholders as a whole.

The means by which the Board and individual Directors engage with shareholders are set out on page 30 of the Report of the Directors on corporate 
governance matters.

The interests of our shareholders were considered as part of the Board’s decision-making throughout the year, including its approval of a modest 
interim dividend whilst mindful of the need to preserve cash holdings to satisfy regulatory capital requirements and to maintain the strength of 
the Group’s balance sheet. Such considerations have again been applied to the subsequent decision to recommend payment of a final dividend for 
approval at the 2021 AGM, as set out in the Chairman’s statement on pages 4 to 5.

The Group’s workforce
The Board recognises that, as a services business, our workforce is our greatest asset. Consequently, our recruitment, development and remuneration 
structures are designed to support our culture and our people and to reward good conduct and performance at individual and business levels.

Our workforce comprises both directly employed staff and self-employed associates, all of whom are engaged at operating company level. Accordingly, 
day-to-day engagement with the workforce is through the Executive Management and HR functions, which report to the operational boards and to the 
Audit Committee on a regular basis.

In response to the FCA’s Senior Managers and Certification Regime (“SM&CR”), which came into force in December 2019, we have developed and 
implemented systems and processes to support the review and assessment of competencies of certified individuals throughout the organisation and 
led to our formation of an SM&CR panel of senior executives with responsibility for appraising the fitness and propriety of our certified workforce. 
Amongst other benefits, this has provided useful feedback on ways of improving our staff annual appraisal system, which is used for continual 
development of skills, measure performance, receive feedback and address two-way concerns. As a consequence, we are providing additional training 
to managers to ensure that appraisals are conducted in a thorough and consistent way such that they are of equal benefit to individual development 
and to management in providing an environment in which our workforce can thrive.

In addition to encouraging staff to raise any concerns they may have with their line managers, we seek to ensure the effectiveness of our 
whistleblowing arrangements and that all staff are conversant with our whistleblowing procedures, which are aimed at promoting good conduct  
and adherence to regulations and procedures, the fair treatment of all stakeholders and health and safety at work.

We also take a positive and pro-active approach to staff development by supporting and sponsoring staff to continue their professional studies and 
secure business-related qualifications to enhance their on-the-job capabilities and personal career value.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
36 

Section 172(1) Statement (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

The pandemic has had a profound effect on most people’s way of life and, as far as the Board and senior management are concerned, has placed 
added emphasis on ensuring effective engagement with the workforce, most of whom have worked from home throughout the year, and have 
continued to do so since.

The measures taken have included:

  HR personnel being in constant contact with the small number of staff who have been quarantined, have shown symptoms of or been diagnosed 

with the virus, who may have been self-isolating or shielding, and others who have expressed anxiety during the lockdowns;

  HR and managers keeping in contact with staff working from home to ensure they have the equipment they need to do so effectively, whilst also 

making time for any home-schooling commitments they may have;

  making available the Unum LifeWorks Assistance Program to all employees;
  the Group CEO issuing regular video messages and conducting virtual town hall meetings for all, providing updates, clear instructions, as well as 

encouragement and caring, to personnel throughout the Group;

  a wellbeing survey of all staff, aimed at helping Management to understand their needs whilst working from home over an extended period, the 

responses to which were anonymous and were provided by almost 90% of the workforce;

  a survey to gather views from the workforce about a phased return to office working and the extent to which working from home should be 

embedded in our working patterns; and

  procedures for ensuring safety at work as our people start to consider returning to work in our offices.

Although we placed a small number of staff on furlough, with full pay, under the government’s Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme earlier in the year, 
due to the ongoing recovery of the financial markets, the Company decided to repay the furlough grant monies to HMRC in November 2020.

Clients
Our clients are the core of our business, and we continually invest in improving our communication and the customer experience. Our investment 
professionals continually undergo professional development in order to remain fit and proper to service and advise our clients. We have deployed our 
new website, and Investment Managers’ microsites to ease navigation and search for information on services. We are also investing in revamping our 
Client Portal, and further digitising our onboarding process to enhance the customer experience, especially when the majority of our clients have opted 
for electronic communications for efficiency, and to help reduce our carbon footprint by using less paper. We have set up a team to focus on the client’s 
journey, looking at all the touch points between the business and the clients, to optimise the customer experience.

The Board aims to maintain effective oversight of the Group’s client relationships and the interests of clients are a key factor in our decision-making.

We have been acutely aware of increased level of activity and sophistication of those engaged in financial crime during the pandemic, and have taken 
steps to ensure that our vigilance and the robustness of our systems to any form of malicious attack are maintained at the highest level to protect our 
clients and their assets in our care.

The security of our clients’ money and investment assets is exceptionally important to us and we ensure that we meet the FCA’s associated rules at all 
times. As required, we maintain client money and assets separate from the Group’s own holdings. We only deposit client money with approved banks 
and our clients’ assets, when registered in the name of one of our nominee companies, are held in trust and are not under the Group’s ownership.

Our compliance function regularly monitors and reports to the Board on various areas of our conduct to ensure that we are providing the best 
outcomes for clients. We are always happy to receive feedback from our clients and use this to address any perceived shortcomings and to make 
improvements wherever possible.

Suppliers
The suppliers of support services and goods to our business operations are another key element in our ability to deliver value to our shareholders and 
clients. We therefore seek to balance the benefits of maintaining strong relationships with key suppliers, with the need to obtain the best value for 
money and the service levels we reasonably demand. Our dealings with suppliers are characterised by fairness, transparency and the desire to develop 
a mutually beneficial relationship and are subject to high standards of due diligence in their selection.

Despite the pressures on cash flow caused by the pandemic and its effect on the Group’s income, we have not sought to extend our credit terms and  
as disclosed in note 26 to the accounts on page 90, the Group took an average of 14 days to settle supplier invoices in the year, up only slightly from 
ten days in the previous year, which demonstrates our fair payment practices.

However, as part of our cost control measures during the year, we have renegotiated a number of supplier contracts to ensure we are getting the best 
value for money for our investors. We also subjected the Group’s annual audit to a competitive tender process as a result of which new auditors were 
appointed. More information on the change of auditor can be found in the Audit Committee report on page 39.

Although the healthy state of the Group’s cash holdings maintained during the year has meant that we have had no need for structural debt finance, 
we nevertheless see the providers of our day-to-day banking arrangements as key service suppliers. Accordingly, the Group Finance Director, the Head 
of Group Risk and the Group’s Treasury and Payments team are responsible for managing the relationships with our banks and for the Group’s liquidity 
management activities.

HSBC is the Group’s primary banker and provides a range of transactional banking, treasury and other services. In addition, HSBC provides the Group’s 
main trading subsidiary, Walker Crips Investment Management Limited (WCIM), with an intra-day CREST capital facility, as WCIM’s Crest Settlement 
bank, which WCIM relies on to facilitate efficient settlement of a large volume of investment transactions within the CREST securities transfer system. 
This intra-day line is capped at £4 million, but is raised from time to time, on agreement with HSBC, to facilitate larger transaction settlement primarily 
in relation to the Company’s structured investments business.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Governance

37

Regulators
The Group, containing a number of subsidiaries authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), seeks to operate and interact 
with the FCA in an open, positive and cooperative manner at all times.

Engagement with the FCA is primarily through the CEO, the Head of Group Compliance and the Head of Group Risk. These engagements are reported 
into the Board, the Audit Committee, relevant subsidiary boards, the Group Risk Management Committee, and the Group Compliance Committee, 
to enable the Group to ensure that at all times it is meeting FCA regulatory expectations, and to assist the regulator in meeting its own statutory 
regulatory objectives.

Communities and environment
As shown on page 2, the Group has offices in various locations in England, and in Scotland and Wales, and sees itself as a member of the local communities 
in which it operates. The conduct of the Group’s people, especially in relation to local supplier and client relationships and their determination to be good, 
responsible and supportive neighbours, are prime ways in which local communities are impacted by our activities. Individual offices have participated  
in various local initiatives such as charitable events, sponsorship of local sports clubs and recycling drives.

As disclosed in the CEO’s statement on page 7, we are active supporters of Twining Enterprise, a registered charity helping Londoners with mental 
health problems get work and stay in work, supporting employers and campaigning against mental health stigma.

We are committed to minimising the impact of our activities on the environment and have implemented a range of policies and procedures 
including the use of segregated waste recycling facilities, energy-saving office electricals, efficient office design employing recycled and reusable 
materials where possible, direct-to-paperless document generation, and electronic distribution and filing systems. In addition to those measures, and 
notwithstanding the phased return to office-based working referred to earlier, we are continuing to offer the option for staff to continue to work from 
home to an appropriate degree to reduce their travelling carbon footprint.

Reputation
The Board recognises the importance of maintaining a robust corporate governance framework and a reputation for high standards of business 
conduct, as is set out in the Directors’ report on corporate governance matters on pages 29 to 34.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
38 

Audit Committee report
year ended 31 March 2021

Chairman’s introduction
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Audit Committee’s report on its responsibilities and activities during the year. These have included 
completing an audit tender and appointing new auditors.

Composition and constitution
The Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining an Audit Committee and for appointing its members.

Although the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”), provides that the Committee should comprise of only independent Non-Executive 
Directors of the Company with a minimum of two members, the Board, of necessity, recognising the size of the Board and the business, has given 
emphasis to ensuring that those Non-Executive Directors serving on the Committee have the necessary skills, experience, objectivity and knowledge  
of the sector to operate effectively and to work together in challenging the Board and senior management as they consider appropriate.

Clive Bouch, who is a Chartered Accountant with recent and relevant financial experience, served as the Committee Chairman throughout the year, 
with Martin Wright acting as the other Committee member until his appointment as Board Chairman on 9 September 2020, whereupon he stood 
down and David Gelber was appointed in his place. As authorised by its Terms of Reference, the Committee invited the Group Finance Director and the 
Heads of Compliance and Group Risk to attend and report at each of its meetings as well as representatives of both its internal and external auditors. 
The Group Chairman is also invited to attend meetings.

The Committee’s current Terms of Reference are available for inspection on the Company’s website at www.wcgplc.co.uk.

Main responsibilities of the Committee
The Committee assists the Board in its oversight of the:

a.   integrity and quality of financial reporting and disclosure;
b.   selection and application of accounting policies and practices;
c.   adequacy and effectiveness of the risk management systems and internal control environment;
d.   Group’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relevant to financial reporting and accounting;
e.   appointment/reappointment, independence and performance of the external auditor, including the quality and effectiveness of the external audit;
f.  
g.   effectiveness of internal audit;
h.   Group’s compliance with statutory tax obligations; and
i.  other issues, if any, on which the Board may request the Committee’s opinion.

integrity of significant financial returns to regulators;

Meetings
There were seven formal meetings of the Committee during the year. The Committee members’ meeting attendances are set out in the Report by the 
Directors on corporate governance matters on page 31. The Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee.

The Committee Chairman is responsible for developing the agendas for meetings, in consultation with the Secretary, executive management and 
external service providers as appropriate. The Chairman and Secretary ensure that the Committee’s work addresses the areas within its remit. In 
addition to those invited to attend meetings on a regular basis as mentioned earlier, other senior members of the Group’s Management may be called 
upon to report to the Committee and respond to any questions it may have.

Outside of formal meetings, the Committee Chairman maintains a dialogue with the Board Chairman, CEO, Group Finance Director, the Heads of 
Compliance and Group Risk, the external audit partner and the internal auditors.

Committee activities
The work of the Committee during the year ended 31 March 2021 fell into three main areas:

1.  Accounting and financial reporting

The Committee reviewed the:

a.   annual and interim financial statements, reports and preliminary announcements;
b.   significant financial reporting policy disclosures, estimates and judgements;
c.   appropriateness of the preparation of the financial statements on a going concern basis;
d.   long-term viability statement prior to Board approval; and
e.   Annual Report to consider whether, taken as a whole, it is fair, balanced and understandable and provides information relevant to shareholders’ 

assessment of the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

2.  Internal controls
The Committee:

a.   monitored the integrity and effectiveness of the Group’s internal financial controls through consideration of key risks and mitigating controls,  

and reports and presentations from internal audit, external audit and the Heads of Compliance and Risk;

b.   reviewed actions taken, and ensured the imposition of appropriate deadlines for implementation, in response to reports on internal controls  

in order to address matters identified;

c.   assessed the scope and effectiveness of the systems established to identify, manage, and monitor financial and non-financial risk; and
d.   monitored the Group’s interaction with regulators.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Governance

39

Committee activities (continued)
3.  External audit
The Committee:

a.   oversaw a competitive tender process (see below) and the transition from BDO LLP (“BDO”) to PKF Littlejohn LLP (“PKF”) as the Company’s and 

Group’s auditor;

b.   reviewed PKF’s audit plan, audit approach, scope of work to be carried out and audit findings;
c.   reviewed the auditor’s independence and objectivity, including compliance with the Group’s non-audit services policy; and
d.   reviewed the effectiveness of the external audit.

There have been no interactions between the Company and the FRC during the period. When reviewing the preparation, content and presentation of 
the Annual Report, the Committee considers, and challenges Management on actions to take account of, the matters raised in the FRC’s letter to Audit 
Committee Chairs and Finance Directors.

External auditor
Against the backdrop of proposed reform impacting the audit sector and new auditing standards, the Committee has been aware of the upward 
pressures on audit fees. Accordingly, the Committee recommended to the Board that an external audit tender should be undertaken to re-confirm the 
value proposition.

Following a competitive tender, including receiving written proposals and on-line presentations, the Audit Committee recommended the Board appoint 
PKF. BDO resigned on 11 December 2020 and PKF was appointed to fill the casual vacancy as the Company’s and the Group’s independent auditor. 
A resolution to re-appoint PKF as auditor will be put to shareholders at the forthcoming AGM. The Committee extends its sincere thanks to all firms 
participating in the tender process and for their high quality propositions. A future audit tender process will be conducted before the tenth anniversary 
of PKF’s appointment.

BDO was appointed at the AGM held in August 2016 following a competitive tender and the audit of the 31 March 2020 financial statements  
was its fourth year as the Group’s auditor. The Committee records its thanks to Neil Fung-On and his team at BDO for their services to the Company 
and Group.

PKF has reported to the Committee on how it complies with professional and regulatory requirements to ensure its independence. The Group’s non-
audit services policy is published on the website at www.wcgplc.co.uk. The incumbent auditor also reviews the Group’s interim report and reports to the 
FCA on CASS compliance for relevant Group companies. No other services have been provided by the auditors during the year. Details of external audit 
and non-audit fees are disclosed in note 9 to the financial statements on page 80.

The performance of the external auditor is monitored on an ongoing basis and takes account of its knowledge of our sector, the quality and experience 
of the individuals assigned, the level of engagement, effectiveness of communication, feedback from Management and Committee members and 
published findings of the FRC’s audit quality inspection reviews. As part of the Committee’s deliberations on audit quality and effectiveness, the 
Committee Chairman communicates directly with the external audit partner to discuss this important matter and share feedback. The Committee is 
satisfied that PKF has performed an effective audit.

The Committee reviews specific reports and good practice suggestions presented by the external auditor. The Committee discusses and acts upon 
the external auditor’s comments relating to internal financial control and on the preparation of the financial statements. The Committee reports any 
issues directly to the Board after each meeting. The Committee also meets with the external auditor without management being present at least once 
a year. The statutory audit has not resulted in any significant control issues or matters that required material adjustment to the accounts.

Internal audit
The provision of internal audit activities continues to be outsourced to Smith & Williamson LLP (“S&W”).

The internal audit function reports directly to the Committee. The internal audit plan and scope of work is reviewed and approved by the Committee 
each year after being appraised by Management. The budget is agreed between the Committee Chairman and Group Finance Director having regard 
to the planned scope of work. To support the effectiveness of assurance coverage across the second and third lines of defence, internal audit presents 
a three-year rolling plan.

The internal audit reports and recommendations are presented to the Committee together with Management’s responses and proposed actions for 
discussion and challenge.

During the year, internal audit’s work included reviews of client assets procedures, branch offices’ governance arrangements, financial crime and fraud 
protections and the structured investments business operations. The focus for internal audit’s work in the coming year includes reviews of the finance 
and internal control functions.

The Committee monitors the effectiveness of the internal audit service provided by S&W. The particular focus is on competence and capabilities, 
subject matter expertise, timely reporting and the quality of communication and recommendations. The Committee also monitors any other services 
that S&W may provide to ensure the integrity and independence of the Group’s third line of defence is not compromised.

The Committee is satisfied with the service provided by S&W. It is noted, however, that S&W has provided this service for 10 years and accordingly, as a 
matter of good practice, an internal audit tender will be arranged during 2022.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
40 

Audit Committee report (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

Going concern and longer-term viability statement
Disclosures regarding the adoption of the going concern basis of financial statement preparation and the Directors’ viability statement are found 
on pages 33 and 34. In considering these disclosures, the Committee reviewed the Group’s strategic priorities, projections for the forthcoming 
year and medium term, current business performance against those projections, the stress and reverse stress scenarios updated to reflect current 
market conditions and the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, current financial resources and capital expenditure plans, together with executive 
management’s assessment of the new prudential regime which comes into effect next year. The Committee challenged the reasons for the period 
adopted for the viability statement and the consideration given to key assumptions and dependencies.

The Committee noted and/or challenged in particular:

  the Group’s performance during the year and post year end;
  the impact of COVID-19 on income experienced to date and key assumptions underpinning those reflected in Management’s updated projections, 

including stress and reverse stress scenarios;

  the effects of Management’s actions to protect the safety of staff and support client service in response to COVID-19 and further actions taken 

and proposed to mitigate the financial impact on the Group, including underlying key assumptions;

  the payment of an interim dividend and the decision to reinstate the payment of a final dividend;
  Group liquidity, noting that 75% of the Group’s regulatory financial resources at 31 March 2021 are held in cash or cash equivalents and there are 

no material restrictions on accessing or utilising required liquidity throughout the Group;

  the Group’s regulatory capital at 31 March 2021 and the date of this report comfortably exceeds its regulatory capital requirement and all 

regulated entities within the Group held capital in excess of their solo regulatory requirements;
  the Group’s principal debt obligations are the lease liabilities arising from the adoption of IFRS 16;
  an intraday credit line is made available by our principal bankers to enable daily net settlement of market transactions in an orderly fashion; and
  the stress scenario analyses and management actions demonstrating the Group meets projected solvency and liquidity requirements to continue 

as a going concern.

Financial reporting and significant financial judgements
The main areas considered by the Committee are set out below and overleaf:

Matter considered

Action

Carrying value of Walker Crips Group plc’s investment in 
subsidiaries
The carrying value of the Parent Company’s investment in subsidiaries, 
including the value attributed to client lists arising from these 
acquisitions, amounts to £17.775 million. This significantly exceeds the 
market value of the Group as determined by reference to the quoted 
share price. This situation has persisted for several years.

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position includes goodwill of 
£4.4 million and client lists, including software licences, of £6.6 million. 
These principally arise on business combinations or hiring of individuals 
or teams of Investment Managers and purchase of software licences.

The goodwill arose on, and has been allocated to, the acquisitions of 
London York Fund Managers Limited (£2.9 million) and Barker Poland 
Asset Management LLP (£1.5 million), which continue as identifiable 
cash-generating units (“CGUs”). The year-end amortised value of client 
lists attributed to these CGUs are £nil and £2.2 million, respectively, 
with the remaining balance being attributable to individuals or teams 
of Investment Managers hired separately and software licences.

As part of this year’s impairment review work the discrepancy  
in values was considered and the conclusion reached that the carrying 
value is supported based upon valuations of the principal trading 
subsidiaries. Reasons for the discrepancy include the overheads 
incurred at the Parent Company level, the small size of the Group  
and illiquidity in the market for the Company’s shares. The Committee 
also considered the procedures performed by the external auditors  
in respect of the carrying value, which has been identified by them  
as a key risk but not a key audit matter.

Management assesses any impairment of goodwill by comparing  
the book value of assets attributable to the CGUs to the higher  
of their fair value less cost to sell or value-in-use. The Committee 
reviewed Management’s papers supporting the conclusion there was 
no impairment, with particular challenge regarding the assumptions 
used and adequacy of the disclosures (see note 17). The Committee 
also considered the procedures performed by the external auditors 
(see the independent auditor’s report on page 60).

The values attributed to client lists are amortised over their  
estimated useful lives, being periods of between three and twenty 
years. Management assesses any further indicators of impairment 
by reference to the continuing value of Assets Under Management 
and Administration, peer comparisons, the loss of senior Investment 
Managers, the loss rate of clients, and other causes of possible 
outflows. The Committee reviewed management’s supporting  
papers in respect of indicators of impairment and amortisation  
periods and no impairment of these intangible assets was deemed  
to be required. The Committee also considered the procedures 
performed by the external auditors (see the independent auditor’s 
report on page 60).

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
   Governance

41

Matter considered

Action

Provisions
The financial statements include provisions and liabilities in respect  
of dilapidations (£0.68 million) and customer complaints or claims 
(£0.21 million). These amounts are estimated with varying degrees  
of certainty.

Exceptional items
The Group classifies certain material items as exceptional to allow a 
clearer understanding of the underlying trading performance of the 
business. In 2020/21, the Group has reported exceptional charges 
totalling £419,000. In 2019/20, the Group reported two exceptional 
items, which resulted in a net credit to profit and loss of £375,000.

The Committee considered Management’s determination of the 
amounts provided and concluded they were reasonable based upon 
the information available.

The Committee also considered the procedures followed by the 
external auditors and their findings, including those in respect of 
provisions for client claims (see independent auditor’s report on  
page 60).

The Committee requested, received and considered explanations  
from Management setting out the description of items that would  
fall to be exceptional (see note 10 on page 81), the reasons therefore 
and the proposed disclosures, including the reconciliations provided  
in the Finance Director’s review on page 19, challenging these to 
ensure clarity.

Performance evaluation

A formal evaluation of the Committee’s performance will be undertaken later this calendar year based on feedback to a questionnaire distributed to 
Committee members and others who regularly attend Audit Committee meetings. Two areas identified for improvement in the previous evaluation, 
being prioritisation of key agenda items by rotating the order in which finance and the second and third lines of defence functions present at meetings, 
together with more timely production of minutes, have been addressed during the year.

Committee members have maintained and developed their knowledge and awareness through a combination of self-reading, practical experience, 
receiving presentations and/or undertaking formal CISI modules.

Approval
This report in its entirety has been approved by the Committee and signed on its behalf by:

Clive Bouch
Audit Committee Chairman

20 August 2021

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
42 

Remuneration report 
year ended 31 March 2021

Introduction
This report details the Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2021 in accordance with Schedule 8 of The Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (referred to below as Schedule 8), the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code,  
the Listing Rules and the Directors’ shareholder-approved Remuneration Policy applicable to that year.

The report is in three parts:

Part A – The Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee Chairman; 
Part B – The Annual Remuneration Report, which is subject to shareholders’ advisory vote; and 
Part C – The Proposed Remuneration Policy, which is subject to shareholders’ approval.

The Remuneration Policy applicable to the year ended 31 March 2021 was approved by shareholders at the 2017 Annual General Meeting for  
a period of three years from 1 April 2018. It was replaced by a revised Policy put to and approved by shareholders at last year’s AGM, with effect from  
1 April 2021. Both the 2017 and 2020 approved Policies are available for inspection on the Group’s website at www.wcgplc.co.uk where the former can 
be found on pages 40 to 44 of the 2017 Annual Report and the latter on pages 39 to 42 of the 2020 Annual Report. As explained below, an updated 
Remuneration Policy is being proposed for shareholder approval at the forthcoming AGM.

The parts of the Annual Remuneration Report that are subject to audit are identified. The Annual Statement which follows is not subject to audit.

Part A – Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee Chairman
This is my first report since succeeding Martin Wright as Chairman of the Committee following his appointment as Group Chairman. In view of the 
small size of the Company and Board, Martin has continued to serve as a member of the Committee alongside his fellow Non-Executive Directors, 
David Gelber and Hua Min Lim.

When Martin reported last year, the impact of the pandemic remained uncertain. From operations and client service perspectives we performed well, 
reflecting the leadership, commitment, flexibility and skills of our workforce. That said, we are reporting a financial loss for the year, which makes 
deliberations regarding salary increases and bonus awards seem inapt, particularly given the challenges and suffering faced by our stakeholders and 
communities at large. However, such deliberations are necessary and I wanted to highlight the Committee’s key decisions upfront.

First, in reviewing the approved remuneration policy, the Committee concluded that it was ambiguous in some places, particularly regarding the 
Committee’s authority to exercise discretion when awarding bonuses. Therefore, it was decided to clarify and re-present the policy for shareholder 
approval. We have also taken the opportunity to introduce a requirement for Executive Directors, when in receipt of share awards, to retain such shares 
until they have built a shareholding equal to one year’s salary and such shares also being subject to a two-year post-employment holding period. 
Otherwise, the policy clarifies the operation of the formulaically driven bonus pool and the Committee’s authority to make discretionary awards  
both when allocating the pool and separately. We ask our shareholders to consider these clarifications carefully and contact us if you have any 
questions thereon.

Second, of primary concern have been the challenges faced by our workforce over the course of the year, the majority of whom have had to adjust 
to working from home, and the restrictions on close interaction with colleagues prevalent in an office environment. It is of great credit to our people 
that efficiency levels and standards have been maintained and, notwithstanding the continued pressure on revenues and costs, the Committee has 
decided to moderate the stringent pay controls that had been imposed during 2020/21. Accordingly, we have provided modest salary increases in the 
current year, generally for staff with salaries below £75,000 per annum, and other awards for exceptional performance, allocated at management’s 
discretion. The Committee believes these awards to be fully deserved and supported by the improved financial outlook for the Group. There have been 
no material changes in the fixed and variable remuneration and revenue sharing arrangements for our investment managers, associates and sales 
teams. The Company has also recommenced matching of shares purchased by staff under the Share Incentive Plan in a ratio of half a matching share 
for every share the member of staff purchases. Amongst other factors, the Committee has instructed management to consider gender pay equality 
across the workforce and market rates for the sector and geographical areas in which we operate when awarding salary increases.

Third, in light of the financial results, we have not awarded pay rises to our Executive Directors, a decision they proactively support. There have been no 
changes in pension or bonus arrangements and the formulaically driven bonus pool does not crystallise in respect of the year. However, the Committee 
is cognisant that your Executive Directors have worked tirelessly throughout the period and, in the Committee’s view, demonstrated outstanding 
leadership. We believe this should be recognised. It is therefore intended, on approval of the Remuneration Policy, and the business continuing to 
improve on the second half’s profitable trading, that deferred share-based discretionary awards will be made to the Executive Directors during the 
current financial year post publication of the year end results. The aggregate value of such awards will not exceed £60,000. Such shares will be subject 
to retention periods as set out in the Policy and also malus and clawback provisions.

Fourth, the Committee considered the emoluments payable to Martin Wright on his appointment as Chairman. It was decided they should be 
consistent with those paid to his predecessor with no increase in the amount for the role. As disclosed elsewhere, Martin requests that his fees are 
paid directly to Charles Russell Speechlys, the law firm of which he is a partner. The remuneration of the other Non-Executive Directors is out with the 
Committee’s remit, being one of the matters reserved for the Board.

In the discharge of its duties, the Committee is aided by advice from specialist financial services sector remuneration consultants in relation to 
corporate governance and regulatory matters, and industry good practice. Accordingly, with their assistance, revised terms of reference for the 
Committee have been approved by the Board and are available for inspection on the Group’s website at www.wcgplc.co.uk.

Clive Bouch
Remuneration Committee Chairman

20 August 2021

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
   Governance

43

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report
The Remuneration Committee presents its Annual Remuneration Report, which will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2021 AGM. Sections 
which have been subject to audit are noted accordingly.

Summary of Remuneration Policy and implementation in the year ended 31 March 2021
The table below summarises the Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGM and applied in the year ended 31 March 
2021, and how it was implemented in the year. (The revised Remuneration Policy approved at the 2020 AGM applied from 1 April 2021 but, subject to 
shareholders’ approval at the 2021 AGM (see pages 49 to 53), will be replaced by the proposed Policy set out in Part C.)

Element 

Policy

Salaries/Fees

Executive Directors’ salaries are to reflect the value of their  
roles, skills and experience, avoiding excessive risk arising from  
over-reliance on variable income. Non-Executive Directors’ fees  
are to reflect their skills, experience and roles. 

How implemented in 2020/21

No changes were made in the year.

Bonus

LTIP

Pension

Executive Directors are to be incentivised to deliver annual financial 
and operational goals through participation in a formulaically 
determined profit pool aimed at achieving demanding targets 
for Group profit before tax and increasing shareholder value. The 
Remuneration Committee may also award discretionary bonuses.

The 2020/21 bonus pool thresholds were 5%  
of Group profit before tax in excess of £503,000 
and 15% of Group profit before tax in excess  
of £1,256,000. In view of the loss for the year  
the profit pool thresholds were not triggered.  
No discretionary bonuses were awarded in the year.

To be aligned to main strategic objective based on measurable  
key statistics.

No LTIP arrangements were in place in the year.

Employer contributions of 5 – 10% of base salary paid to a pension 
scheme of the Executive Director’s choice. Approved salary sacrifice 
arrangements in place. 

Employer contributions were made at 10% of  
base salary for Sean Lam and 7% of base salary for 
Sanath Dandeniya.

Share Incentive 
Plan (SIP)

Executive Directors participate in the Group’s tax efficient  
approved SIP (available to all employees) under which the  
Company may match contributions made by the employee  
to purchase Company shares.

Other benefits

Additional benefits provided for Executive Directors consist of life 
cover of four times base salary, permanent health insurance and 
family medical insurance cover.

Non-Executive Directors are reimbursed for expenses incurred  
in the performance of their duties, grossed up for income tax and 
national insurance where appropriate. 

Additional salary sacrifice contributions of £nil 
and £5,700 were made for Sean Lam and Sanath 
Dandeniya respectively.

Matching contributions were suspended with effect 
from 1 April 2020 and therefore none were made 
in the year.

Benefits maintained in the year at levels in line with 
those of other full-time employees. 

There were no expense claims made in the year.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
44 

Remuneration report (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report (continued)
Remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2021 (audited information)
The table below sets out the remuneration received by the Directors in the year ended 31 March 2021 together with prior year comparatives and 
includes a single figure for the total remuneration due, or which will become due, to each Director. 

Fixed Remuneration 

Variable Remuneration

Name of  
Director 

Executive
Sean Lam  

Year 

2021 
2020 

Sanath Dandeniya*  2021 
2020 

Non-Executive
Hua Min Lim 

Clive Bouch 

Martin Wright** 

David Gelber  

Total  

2021 
2020 

2021 
2020 

2021 
2020 

2021 
2020 

2021 
2020 

Basic 
salary 
/Fees 
(Note 1) 
£ 

 209,000  
 220,000  

 142,500  
 75,000  

 –  
 –  

 36,642  
 38,570  

 35,539  
 27,258  

 40,431  
 42,559  

 464,112  
 403,387  

Taxable 
benefits 
(Note 2) 
£ 

Pension 
contri- 
butions 
(Note 3)
£ 

Total 
Fixed 

£ 

 1,750  
 1,704  

 1,615  
 799  

 20,900  
 22,000  

 9,975  
 5,250  

 231,650  
 243,704  

 154,090  
 81,049  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 36,642  
 38,570  

 35,539  
 27,258  

 40,431  
 42,559  

 3,365  
 2,503  

 30,875  
 27,250  

 498,352  
 433,140  

SIP
  matching 
shares 

Bonus 

Total
Variable  

£ 

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

£ 

£ 

 –  
 1,800  

 –  
 900  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 1,800  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 1,800  

 –  
 6,300  

 –  
 1,800  

 –  
 900  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 1,800  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 1,800  

 –  
 6,300  

Total

£

 231,650 
 245,504 

 154,090 
 81,949 

 – 
 – 

 36,642 
 40,370 

 35,539 
 27,258 

 40,431 
 44,359 

 498,352 
 439,440 

*  Sanath Dandeniya was appointed as a Director on 30 September 2019 in place of Rodney FitzGerald who retired on the same date.
**  Charles Russell Speechlys LLP received fees of £35,539 (2020: £27,258) for the services of Martin Wright who is a partner in that firm.

Note 1: Basic salary/Fees
The basic salary and fee amounts paid to the Executive and Non-Executive Directors respectively shown in the table above take account of the 20% waived by them  
for the three months from April to June 2020 inclusive. The amounts shown for the Executive Directors are prior to any pension contributions made by the Company  
in respect of any salary sacrifices made. 

Note 2: Taxable benefits

The amounts shown represent the cost to the Company of providing family medical insurance cover to the relevant Executive Directors, for the year or part-year concerned. 

Note 3: Pension contributions
The amounts shown are the contributions made by the Company to the approved pension scheme of the Executive Director’s choice at the entitled rate and do not include 
any additional salary sacrifice contributions made.

Annual and deferred bonuses for the year ended 31 March 2021
Based on the Group’s results and profitability and the continuing uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Committee has not awarded any 
discretionary annual bonuses for 2020/21, whether payable in cash or equity, to the Executive Directors. As explained in Part A, following approval  
of the proposed Remuneration Policy at the forthcoming AGM, and the business continuing to improve on the second half’s profitable trading, it is  
proposed that deferred share based discretionary awards will be made during the year to the Executive Directors with a total value not exceeding £60,000.

Outstanding share awards
There were no share options outstanding at 31 March 2021 or 31 March 2020. There are no share option schemes or Long-Term Incentive Plans  
in place for the Directors.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   Governance

45

Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)
The interests of the Directors and their connected persons in the share capital of the Company are shown in the table below. 

Director 

Hua Min Lim 
Sean Lam 
Sanath Dandeniya 
David Gelber 
Clive Bouch 
Martin Wright 

Beneficially  
owned at 
31 March 
2020 

11,316,290 
631,090 
29,071 
189,863 
42,806 
16,129 

Beneficially 
owned at 
31 March 
2021 

12,359,803 
638,291 
36,096 
197,460 
49,850 
16,129 

Beneficially
owned at
30 June
2021

12,359,803
640,574
38,379
199,744
52,133
16,129

There are no shareholding requirements in place. As explained in Part A, the proposed Remuneration Policy to be put to shareholder vote at the 2021 
AGM includes a requirement for future share awards to be retained by Executive Directors until a shareholding equal to one year’s salary is achieved, 
such shares also being subject to a two-year post-employment holding period.

Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)
Employees are eligible to participate in the SIP following three months of service. Employees may contribute a maximum of 10% of their gross salary 
in regular monthly payments (being not less than £10 and not greater than £150) to acquire Ordinary Shares in the Parent Company (Partnership 
Shares). Partnership Shares are acquired monthly. For every Partnership Share purchased, the intention is that the employee receives one Matching 
Share (but see the restrictions imposed below).

On 1 April 2020, the Directors, as part of the COVID-19 response to preserve cash and liquidity, suspended the matching option. This continued until  
1 April 2021 from when it was decided to reintroduce matching at the rate of half a Matching Share for every Partnership Share purchased.

A total of 300,597 (2020: 1,084,297) new Ordinary Shares were issued to the 102 employees who participated in the SIP during the year. At 31 March 
2021, 4,090,798 shares were held in the SIP on their behalf, in the employee’s name. There were no forfeited shares not allocated to any specific 
employee.

Matching Shares awarded to Directors and still held under the SIP are as follows (audited information):

Director 

Sean Lam 
Sanath Dandeniya 
David Gelber 
Clive Bouch 

31 March 
2020 

31 March
2021

24,516 
14,149 
54,698 
15,410 

20,664
14,149
54,698
15,410

Total pension entitlements (audited information)
There are no defined-benefit Group pension schemes in operation. The Group contributes a percentage of the Executive Directors’ basic salaries into 
personal pension arrangements of their choice. Monthly employer contributions are set in the range of 7-10% of base salary for the present Executive 
Directors compared with a range of 5-10% for Group employees. In addition, salary sacrifice may be exercised in favour of additional pension 
contributions.

Payments to past Directors (audited information)
There were no payments made to past Directors in the year.

Loss of office payments (audited information)
No payments were made to any Director for loss of office in the year. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46 

Remuneration report (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report (continued)
Chief Executive remuneration 
Percentage increase in the remuneration of the Chief Executive

Chief Executive 

Salary 
Bonus 
Benefits 

Average per employee (£) 
– salary 
– bonus 

2020 
£ 

 220,000  
 –  
 1,704  

2021
£ 

 209,000  
 –  
 1,750  

40,7691 
6,562 

41,811 
5,150 

Change

-5.0%
n/a
2.7%

2.6%
-21.5%

1   The average salary per employee for 2020 has been adjusted from that reported in the 2020 Annual Report (£38,506) to take account of leavers in the year consistent 

with the basis used for the 2021 figure. 

The table above shows the movement in salary and annual bonus for the Chief Executive between the current and previous financial years compared 
to that of the average employee. The Committee has chosen this comparator as it provides a better reflection of the earnings of the average worker 
than the movement in the Group’s total wage bill, since the latter is subject to distortion by movements in the number of employees. 

The table below shows the total remuneration for each of the individuals who has performed the role of Chief Executive during each of those financial 
years. The total remuneration figure includes bonuses awarded based on performance in those years. No long-term incentive awards were made to 
any of the Executive Directors. 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

Year
ended 
  31 March
2021

2020 

Sean Lam 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  £133,610  £245,517  £245,504  £231,650

Rodney FitzGerald 

£199,592   £174,512   £267,934   £186,769   £187,176   £189,264   £196,119   £69,843  

– 

–  

–

Total remuneration 

£199,592   £174,512   £267,934   £186,769   £187,176   £189,264   £196,119   £203,453   £245,517   £245,504  

 £231,650 

Performance graph
The graph below shows a comparison between the Group’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance compared with the companies in the  
FTSE Small Cap Index. The graph compares the value, at 31 March 2021, of £100 invested in Walker Crips Group plc on 31 March 2011 with the value 
of £100 invested over the same period in the FTSE Small Cap Index. This Index has been chosen to give a comparison with the average returns that 
shareholders could have received by investing in a range of other small UK public companies.

0

Total shareholder return compared to FTSE Small Cap Index

£
300

250

200

150

100

50

0

 WCG Plc Share Price TR

 FTSE Small Cap Index

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below shows the movement in spend on staff costs versus that in dividends.

Staff costs 
Dividends paid 

2020 
£’000 

13,268 
396 

2021 
£’000 

12,690 
64 

Change

-4.40%
-83.84%

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
   Governance

47

The total dividends paid in 2019/20 consisted of the final dividend for 2018/19 totalling £142,000 and the interim dividend for 2019/20 totalling 
£254,000 while those paid in 2020/21 consisted solely of an interim dividend for that year totalling £64,000 with no final dividend for 2019/20  
having been declared or paid due to uncertainties over the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic at that time. As explained on  
page 5, the Directors are recommending a final dividend in respect of 2020/21 of 0.60 pence per share, which equates to a total amount payable  
of £256,000.

Remuneration Committee governance
The Committee is governed by formal terms of reference agreed by the Board. The terms of reference have been reviewed and revised since the year 
end to ensure they reflect the remit of the Committee and accord with proportionate application of current requirements and good practice, taking 
into account the size and nature of the business. The Committee’s updated terms of reference can be viewed on the Group’s website. 

The members of the Committee during the last financial year and their attendance at the meetings of the Committee are shown in the Report by the 
Directors on corporate governance matters. The Committee consists of four Non-Executive Directors, Clive Bouch (also Chairman of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees and Senior Independent Director), David Gelber, Hua Min Lim and Martin Wright (Board Chairman).

None of the Committee’s members has any personal financial interests (other than as shareholders), conflicts of interest arising from cross 
directorships or day-to-day involvement in running the business. The Committee determines the individual remuneration packages of each Executive 
Director. The Chief Executive and Group Finance Director attend meetings by invitation and assist the Committee in its deliberations, except when 
issues relating to their own remuneration are discussed. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration. The Committee can call for 
external reports and assistance from third-party experts and independent legal advice may be sought as required.

The Committee reviews the remuneration policy for senior employees below Group Board level, as well as the policy on pay and conditions of 
employees throughout the Group. These are considered when determining Executive Directors’ remuneration.

The Committee met once in the year. Matters that were considered and discussed included but were not limited to:

  The Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors, including structure and performance criteria for the annual bonus arrangements.
  Determination of the remuneration of Executive Directors.
  Determination of any annual incentive payable to Executive Directors in respect of the year to 31 March 2021.
  Oversight of remuneration arrangements for the Group’s senior management and the policy on pay and conditions of employees throughout  

the Group.

  Review of the Group’s Pillar 3 remuneration disclosures.
  Review of the Committee’s terms of reference.

External directorships
None of the Executive Directors held external directorships during the current or prior year.

How the remuneration policy will be applied for the year from 1 April 2021 onwards
As reported in the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s Statement on page 42, a revised remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 
2020 AGM for a period of three years from 1 April 2021.

No increases have been made to the salaries of the Executive Directors for the year from 1 April 2021.

The formulaic bonus pool in which the Executive Directors may participate will operate as described in the proposed policy set out in Part C. For 
2021/22 the pool will be based on 5% of Group profit before tax in excess of £503,000 and 15% of Group profit before tax in excess of £1,256,000. 
The Committee may also award in-year discretionary share-based bonuses for the Executive Directors following approval of the proposed policy,  
to an aggregate value of no more than £60,000.

Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
The Group’s approach to setting Non-Executive Directors’ fees is summarised on page 43. These fees are reviewed periodically by the Board.  
A summary of current fees for Non-Executive Directors is as follows: 

Martin Wright (Board Chairman) 
Clive Bouch (Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee Chairman and Senior Independent Director) 
David Gelber 

Directors’
fees as at
31 March
2021
£

42,559
38,570
42,559

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
48 

Remuneration report (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report (continued)
Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors (continued)
Martin Wright, the Group Chairman, has a letter of appointment as a Non-Executive Director dated 9 July 2000 and accepted on 10 July 2000 for 
a term of not less than two years commencing on 9 July 2000 and terminable by either party on not less than three months’ notice in writing or 
otherwise in accordance with the Group’s Articles of Association. His fees have been increased to £42,559 per annum, plus VAT, plus expenses with 
effect from his appointment as Chairman on 9 September 2020. He is also reimbursed for expenses incurred on behalf of the Group. His fees are 
payable to Charles Russell Speechlys LLP, in which he is a partner, quarterly in arrears.

David Gelber was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Group by a letter of agreement dated 11 May 2007 for a term 
commencing on 11 May 2007 of not less than two years and thereafter terminable by either party on at least six months’ notice in writing or otherwise 
in accordance with the Group’s Articles of Association. He stood down as Chairman at the conclusion of the AGM on 9 September 2020 but has 
continued to serve as a Non-Executive Director. His remuneration is now a fee of £42,559 per annum, plus reimbursement of expenses incurred on 
behalf of the Group, plus a contribution by the Group to the share incentive plan.

Hua Min Lim has no formal service agreement with and receives no remuneration from the Group.

Clive Bouch was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and later as Chairman of the Audit Committee by a letter of agreement dated 24 March 
2017 for a term commencing on 31 March 2017 of not less than three years, save that the appointment is terminable by either party on at least three 
months’ notice in writing or otherwise in accordance with the Group’s Articles of Association. He replaced Martin Wright as Remuneration Committee 
Chairman and Senior Independent Director on Martin Wright’s appointment as Group Chairman on 9 September 2020. His remuneration is a fee 
of £38,570 per annum, plus reimbursement of other specific expenses incurred on behalf of the Group and contribution by the Group to the share 
incentive plan.

Directors’ contracts are available for inspection at the Annual General Meeting or on appointment at our London head office.

LTIP for Executive Directors
There are no LTIP arrangements in place at 31 March 2021 or proposed. 

Statement of shareholder voting
At last year’s AGM, the Directors’ remuneration report received the following proxy votes from shareholders:

2020 AGM
Votes in favour  
Votes cast against  
Abstentions  

2019 AGM
Votes in favour  
Votes cast against  
Abstentions  

Number 

Percentage

16,023,235 
623,432 
1,077 

14,562,434 
28,932 
– 

96.2%
3.7%
0.1%

99.8%
0.2%
0.0%

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
   Governance

49

Part C – Directors’ Proposed Remuneration Policy – for approval by shareholders at the 2021 AGM
The proposed Remuneration Policy (“the Policy”) set out below is intended to supersede the Remuneration Policy approved by the shareholders at 
the 2020 AGM (“the current Policy”) and will be put to shareholders for approval at the 2021 AGM. The Policy is set to apply, subject to shareholders’ 
approval, from the conclusion of the AGM and therefore in respect of the year ending 31 March 2022.

The Policy
The following tables summarise the Company’s policy on each element of remuneration for both the Executive Directors, responsibility for which has 
been delegated by the Board to the Remuneration Committee (referred to in this policy as “the Committee”), and the Non-Executive Directors, whose 
remuneration is a matter reserved for the Board itself.

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
conditions

Executive Directors:

Element

Base Salary

Annual increases are 
normally in line with 
those provided to the 
wider Group employee 
population unless there is 
a change in the Director’s 
role or responsibilities 
or there is a significant 
divergence from market 
comparatives of similar 
executive directorship 
roles.

Executive Directors’ 
total bonuses, whether 
allocated from the bonus 
pool or discretionary, are 
capped at 100% of base 
salary.

n/a.

The bonus pool is 
calculated based on 
the achievement of 
Group profit before tax 
targets with performance 
conditions set each year 
by the Committee. The 
conditions will reflect the 
purpose and objectives of 
the Annual Profit Share.

Allocation of the bonus 
pool to participating 
executives will be 
determined at the 
discretion of the 
Committee on an 
individual basis consistent 
with the stated purpose 
and operation.

To reflect the value of 
the individual and their 
role, skills and experience 
over time. To provide an 
appropriate level of basic 
fixed income avoiding 
excessive risk arising from 
over reliance on variable 
income.

Reviewed annually, 
effective from 1 July each 
year or on appointment. 
Agreed when results for 
the previous year have 
been finalised.

Annual Profit Share – 
discretionary allocation 
from annual bonus 
pool.

To incentivise annual 
delivery of financial and 
operational goals when 
executive management 
achieve targets for 
Group profit before 
tax that are based on 
the Board-approved 
strategy and business 
plan for increasing 
Group profitability and 
shareholder value.

Determined after results 
for the financial year are 
concluded with Group 
profit before tax being 
the primary metric.

Determination of the 
bonus pool is formulaic 
and calculated by 
reference to the Group’s 
profit before tax. The 
bonus pool may be 
allocated to individual 
members of the Group’s 
executive management 
team, including Walker 
Crips Group plc Executive 
Directors, entirely at the 
Committee’s discretion. 
In exercising this 
discretion, the Committee 
will consider the 
individual performance 
of each Executive 
Director and whether 
non-financial conditions 
and standards of conduct 
have been met.

Currently this bonus 
is paid wholly in cash 
and not subject to 
clawback and deferral 
conditions, but this may 
be reviewed at a later 
date to introduce such 
conditions.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
50 

Remuneration report (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

Part C – Directors’ Proposed Remuneration Policy – for approval by shareholders at the 2021 AGM (continued)

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
conditions

Element

Discretionary Bonus

The Committee may 
make a discretionary 
award to the Executive 
Directors that is in 
addition to any allocation 
from the Annual Profit 
Share, or where no 
allocation is made from 
the Annual Profit Share, 
to reflect exceptional 
individual performance 
and contribution to the 
Group. 

Determined at the 
discretion of the 
Committee. A minimum 
of 50% of such an 
award will be made in 
Walker Crips Group plc 
ordinary shares. Any such 
shares awarded will be 
subject to a minimum 
vesting period of three 
years. Upon vesting the 
shares must be held for 
a further period of two 
years. Such shares will 
also be subject to malus 
and clawback conditions 
including poor conduct 
behaviours, including 
inability to assess the 
fitness and propriety 
of the individual, risk 
management and 
compliance (both Group 
and individual) failures. 
In all circumstances the 
recipients of share-based 
awards are permitted to 
dispose of such number 
of shares as required 
to meet any tax and 
NIC obligations arising 
thereon.

Annual contributions are 
made through the payroll 
and tax benefits accrue 
after three years.

A single award will be 
made to any Executive 
Director in respect of a 
financial year, the value 
of which will be at the 
Committee’s discretion 
but, when combined with 
any allocation from the 
Annual Profit Share, will 
not exceed 100% of the 
Director’s annual base 
salary.

Exceptional personal 
performance which the 
Committee judges has 
had a significant positive 
effect on minimising 
the impact of adverse 
external factors or 
enhancing the impact 
of positive factors on 
the Group’s operations 
and financial results and 
preserving shareholder 
value. The criteria to be 
used by the Committee 
to determine whether an 
award should be made 
include exceptional 
personal leadership, 
exceptional financial 
performance that the 
Committee considers 
is not appropriately 
recognised through 
the Annual Profit 
Share allocations, 
implementation of key 
strategic initiatives 
deployment of capital, 
and compliance with high 
standards of conduct, 
risk management and 
regulations.

Maximum contribution 
of £1,800 per annum by 
Director and Company.

None.

Share Incentive Plan 
(SIP)

Pension

A tax-efficient HMRC-
approved scheme which 
allows the Group to 
make contributions up to 
amounts equal to those 
by employees, including 
Directors, to purchase 
shares in the Company.

To provide retirement 
benefits.

Contribution to a pension 
scheme of each Executive 
Director’s choice. HMRC-
approved salary sacrifice 
arrangements in place.

Monthly employer 
contribution of 5-10% 
of base salary in line 
with a similar range for 
employees.

n/a.

n/a.

Other Benefits

To provide additional 
fringe benefits.

Life Assurance – four 
times basic salary.

Continuous upon 
recruitment.

Medical Insurance cover 
for the Executive Director, 
spouse and dependents 
to age 24. 

Permanent Health 
Insurance.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Governance

51

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
conditions

Non-Executive Directors

Element

Fees

To reflect the skills and 
experience brought by 
the Director and their 
role.

Benefits

To provide market-related 
benefits to Non-
Executive Directors.

n/a.

Fees are reviewed 
annually. Increases are 
generally consistent with 
inflation unless a more 
significant adjustment 
is required to reflect fair 
market comparisons.

Reasonable costs.

n/a.

Fees consist of a base 
Board fee and fees 
for Chairmanship of 
Committees. Account 
is taken of practice 
adopted by similar-sized 
companies and time 
commitment.

Benefits include 
reimbursement of 
expenditure incurred in 
connection with their 
duties, grossed up for 
income tax and NI if 
applicable.

Annual Profit Share and Discretionary Bonus
The Annual Profit Share scheme has been established and operated for many years and is regarded as an effective approach to focus Executive 
Directors on profit delivery. The performance conditions are chosen to align the potential for Executive Director variable reward with Group profitability 
above targets set each year by the Committee. Allocations to individual Directors are wholly at the discretion of the Committee to allow for full 
consideration of non-financial performance matters.

The Discretionary Bonus was introduced on the appointment of Sean Lam as Chief Executive Officer to provide an effective reward mechanism in 
circumstances where the Remuneration Committee considers this appropriate based on financial and non-financial considerations. Such awards are 
subject to good governance requirements of deferral, malus and clawback and seek to incentivise performance and behaviour over the medium term 
and longer term. Sanath Dandeniya is also eligible for such a discretionary award.

Total annual awards under the Annual Profit Share and Discretionary Bonus to each Executive Director will not exceed their annual base salary.

Application of the Remuneration Policy
The charts below indicate the level of remuneration that each Executive Director could receive in the first year to which the Policy applies (ie the year to 
31 March 2022), at different levels of performance.

For this purpose, Fixed Pay includes base salary and Company pension contributions at their prevailing rates and taxable benefits at their cost to the 
Company in 2020/21. As both the Annual Profit Share and Discretionary Bonus awards are entirely at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee 
and are capped in aggregate at 100% of base salary, they have been combined as Variable Pay for illustration of the median and maximum levels of 
total remuneration that could be received. No account has been taken of SIP matching share awards.

Sean Lam (Chief Executive) 

 Sanath Dandeniya (Group Finance Director)

Fixed

Median

Maximum

100%

£244k

69%

53%

31% £354k

Fixed

Median

47% £464k

Maximum

100% £162k

68%

52%

32% £237k

48% £312k

£0k

£100k

£200k

£300k

£400k

£500k

£0k

£50k £100k £150k £200k £250k £300k £350k

Fixed Pay

Variable Pay

Fixed Pay

Variable Pay

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
52 

Remuneration report (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

Part C – Directors’ Proposed Remuneration Policy – for approval by shareholders at the 2021 AGM (continued) 
Remuneration Committee discretion
In addition to assessing and making judgements on the meeting of performance targets and the appropriate incentives payable, the Committee has 
certain operational discretions available that can be exercised in relation to Executive Directors’ remuneration including, but not limited to:

  amending performance conditions following a major corporate event or in circumstances in which the Committee considers that the impact of 

external economic influences is such that the original metrics and/or targets are no longer appropriate or where there is other political uncertainty 
having a significant impact on the business environment to ensure a fair and consistent assessment of performance;

  adjusting profit pool thresholds for exceptional items, whether income or expenditure;
  deciding whether to apply malus or clawback to an award; and
  determining whether a leaver is a “good leaver”.

Where such discretion is exercised, it will be explained in the next Directors’ remuneration report.

Minimum shareholding
A minimum shareholding requirement of 100% of base salary will apply to all Executive Directors. Only those shares (net of any disposals required to 
meet any tax and NIC obligations arising thereon) awarded by the Committee or under the SIP from the date of adoption of the Policy count towards 
meeting the minimum shareholding. Any shares awarded when the Executive Director holds in excess of the minimum requirement will continue to be 
subject to the three-year vesting period and further two-year holding period applied to them.

The minimum shareholding requirement will continue to apply for two years post-employment although the Committee will have discretion to  
dis-apply this in exceptional circumstances. This will be enforced through the retention of any shares subject to the minimum shareholding  
requirement vesting in an escrow account until the expiry of the two-year post-employment period.

For the avoidance of doubt, any shares awarded prior to the adoption of the Policy, and any shares purchased by an Executive Director or family 
members either before or after adoption of the Policy will not count towards the minimum shareholding requirement and will not be subject to any 
post-employment holding period. This will be re-visited should the Company introduce a future share based long-term incentive plan.

Differences in remuneration for Executive Directors compared to other employees
The approach to remuneration for the Executive Directors is generally consistent with that for employees across the Group as a whole. The Group 
applies a consistent remuneration philosophy for employees at all levels.

Fixed pay components for all employees, including specifically for new appointments and promotions to new positions, are benchmarked against 
relevant market comparators and the Committee takes account of the aggregate rate of base salary increase for employees when determining 
increases in fixed pay for Executive Directors. Pension contributions are applicable on the same basis to employees. Employees are eligible for 
performance-related annual bonus derived from a bonus pool linked to Group profitability and a discretionary bonus on the recommendation  
of executive management subject to Committee approval.

Benchmarking
The Committee takes account of market benchmark data when setting total remuneration packages for Executive Directors. Comparisons are made 
with other FTSE-listed companies of similar size and business profile. Practices in the private client investment management sector, and other related 
sectors, are also considered. Benchmark data is used by the Committee as a reference point, alongside other factors such as the individual’s role and 
experience, and the relative size of the Company and personal performance, rather than as a direct determinant of pay levels.

How the views of shareholders are taken into account
The Committee periodically compares the Directors’ remuneration policy with relevant guidelines and takes account of the results of shareholder votes 
on remuneration. Historically, shareholders have voted overwhelmingly in favour of past Remuneration Reports and the Remuneration Policy, which 
the Committee has accepted as broad endorsement for the approach taken. If any material changes to the remuneration policy are contemplated, the 
Group Chairman or Committee Chairman will consult with major shareholders about these in advance.

Details of votes cast for and against the resolution to approve last year’s remuneration report are provided in Part B of the Directors’ remuneration 
report. If there is a significant vote against any remuneration resolution, the Committee will endeavour to understand the reasons for the lack of 
support and to address shareholders’ concerns.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group does not operate formal employee consultation on remuneration. However, employees can provide direct feedback on the Group’s 
remuneration policies to their line managers or the Human Resources department. The Committee monitors the effectiveness of the Group’s 
remuneration policy in recruiting, retaining, engaging and motivating employees.

The Committee does not seek to apply fixed ratios between the total remuneration levels of different roles in the Group, as this would prevent it from 
recruiting and retaining the necessary talent in a competitive employment market.

External Non-Executive Director positions
Executive Directors are permitted to serve as Non-Executive Directors of other companies, on the grounds that this can help to broaden the skills and 
experience of the Director, provided any conflicts of interest can be managed effectively and where these duties do not interfere with the individual’s 
ability to perform his duties for the Company.

Where an outside appointment is accepted in furtherance of the Company’s business, any fees received are remitted to the Company.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Governance

53

Approach to remuneration for new Executive Director appointments
The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would be set in accordance with the terms and maximum levels of the Group’s approved 
remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment. The Committee is conscious of the importance of not paying more than is necessary to secure 
the best candidate. However, there may be circumstances in which a higher salary than that of the incumbent needs to be offered to attract a new 
Director into a role. As noted above, the allocation of the formulaic annual bonus is discretionary and it is normal practice for total bonus awards  
in any year to be limited to 100% of base salary.

The Committee may also offer additional cash and/or share-based elements when it considers these to be in the best interests of the Group  
and shareholders, for the purpose of replacing awards or potential foreseeable earnings which are forgone by the individual on becoming an  
Executive Director. This may involve the use of awards made under Rule 9.4.2 of the Listing Rules. In considering any such payments the Committee 
would take account of the amount of remuneration foregone and the nature, vesting dates and any performance requirements attached to the 
remuneration foregone.

Shareholders will be informed of any such payments and the rationale for these.

For an internal appointment, any deferred pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may be allowed to pay out according to its terms, adjusted 
as relevant to take into account the appointment. In addition, ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment may be permitted to 
continue where this is considered to be in the best interests of the Group and shareholders.

For external and internal appointments, the Company may meet certain relocation expenses as appropriate.

Service contracts and letters of appointment
Service contracts normally continue until the Director’s agreed retirement date or such other date as the parties agree. The service contracts contain 
provision for early termination. The Company’s policy is for Executive Directors’ notice periods to be limited to six months by either party. Executive 
Directors are not eligible for profit-share or discretionary bonus awards in the year of leaving employment, other than at the discretion of the 
Committee, but any contractual entitlements (salary, pension and benefits) will be calculated on a pro-rata basis.

The Non-Executive Directors are engaged under letters of appointment for a minimum period not exceeding three years and subject to three months’ 
notice or, in the case of David Gelber, six months’ notice by either side thereafter. Hua Min Lim, a Non-Executive Director, has no formal service 
agreement with and receives no remuneration from the Group.

Loss of office payments 
If the employing Company wrongfully terminates the employment of an Executive Director without giving the period of notice required under the 
contract, the Executive Director would be entitled to claim recompense for up to six or the agreed term of months’ total fixed pay (i.e. salary, pension 
contributions and benefits). Where an Executive Director is considered by the Committee to be a “good leaver”, circumstances in which the individual 
leaves because of retirement, redundancy, ill-health, death or disability, or otherwise at the Committee’s discretion, the Committee may consider a 
discretionary award of annual variable pay, subject to performance, in respect of the portion of any financial year that the individual has been working 
with the Company, although not for the period of any notice or “garden leave”. Where an Executive Director is considered by the Committee to be a 
“bad leaver”, any deferred awards would be cancelled, at the Committee’s discretion, through the exercise of the malus provisions in the Executive 
Director’s service contract.

In the event of a change of control of the Company there is no enhancement to these terms.

Legacy arrangements
For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors’ remuneration policy includes any arrangements entered with a Director before 28 June 2012 that are 
unchanged since that date. Any other remuneration or termination payments made to a Director during the currency of this policy will be consistent 
with the terms of this policy. Details of any payments to former Directors will be set out in the implementation section of this report as they arise.

Approval
This report was approved by the Committee and the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Clive Bouch
Remuneration Committee Chairman

20 August 2021

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
54 

Directors’ report
for the year ended 31 March 2021

The Directors present their Annual Report on the affairs of the Group, together with the financial statements and Auditor’s Report, for the year ended 
31 March 2021.

Results and dividends
Results, distributions and retained profits are as follows:

Retained earnings at 1 April 
(Loss)/profit for the year after taxation 
Effect of adoption of IFRS 16 
Dividends paid 

Retained earnings at 31 March 

 2021  
 £’000  

 11,582  
 (258)  
 –  
 (64) 

 11,260  

 2020 
 £’000 

 10,659 
 718 
 601 
 (396)

 11,582 

The Directors, having considered the impact of the pandemic and Group’s liquidity requirements, recommend the payment of a final dividend of 
0.60 pence per share (2020: nil). The proposed final dividend is subject to shareholder approval at the AGM on 28 September 2021. If approved by 
shareholders, this will be paid on 1 October 2021 to shareholders on the Company’s shareholder register at the close of business on 17 September 
2021. The total dividend paid in the year was 0.75 pence per share (2020: 0.60 pence per share).

Capital structure
Details of the Group’s share capital are shown in note 29. The Group has one class of ordinary share which carries no right to fixed income. Each share 
carries the right to one vote at general meetings of the Group.

There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions of the Articles 
of Association and prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Group’s shares that may result in 
restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.

Where shares have been issued as consideration for new clients to investment advisers upon commencement with the Group, these shares are 
restricted from sale for periods of four to six years.

No person has any special rights of control over the Group’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Group is governed by its Articles of Association, the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the Companies Acts and related legislation. The Articles themselves may be amended by a special resolution of the shareholders.

Brief biographies of the Directors eligible and standing for election at the Annual General Meeting are set out on pages 26 and 27.

Directors’ interests
Directors’ emoluments and beneficial interests in the shares of the Company are disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 44 and 45. 
Other than noted on page 45, there are no other situations where a Director had a material interest in a contract to which the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries was a party (other than their own service contract), requiring disclosure under the Companies Act 2006.

Related party transactions
Details of related party transactions are disclosed in note 33.

Ethical responsibility
Our clients specify any ethical preferences that they have when we construct their investment portfolios or make individual recommendations.  
We actively support the professional institutes and trade associations of which we are members to promote a strong ethical code of conduct.

Employment policy
We are committed to the principle of equality and equal opportunities in employment. We are opposed to any form of less favourable treatment or 
financial reward through direct or indirect discrimination, harassment, victimisation to employees or job applicants on the grounds of age, race, religion 
or belief, marriage or civil partnership, pregnancy or maternity, sex, sexual orientation, gender reassignment or disability. 

We recognise our obligations under the Equality Act 2010 and The Codes of Practice published by the Equality and Human Rights Commission and the 
European Commission for the elimination of discrimination on the grounds of age, disability, gender reassignment, race, religion or belief, sex, sexual 
orientation, marriage and civil partnership, maternity and pregnancy and for the elimination of discrimination in pay between men and women who 
do the same work.

We report that at the end of 2021: No Directors of the Group’s Parent Company were women (2020: nil); 29% of senior managers, being individuals 
with responsibility for planning, directing or controlling, were women (2020: 31%); and 40% of the Group’s employees were women (2020: 44%).

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
   Governance

55

Health and safety policy
The Board has a policy of adopting procedures, appropriate to its activities, to monitor, maintain and, where relevant, improve health and safety 
standards to safeguard the Group’s staff.

None of the Group’s activities involve any significant health and safety risks. During the year there were no injuries, illnesses or dangerous occurrences 
which needed to be reported under the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 1995.

Eligible employees can benefit from the Group’s permanent health insurance scheme in the event of long-term illness preventing them from carrying 
out their function.

Insurance and indemnification of Directors
The Group has put in place insurance to cover its Directors and officers which gives appropriate cover for legal action brought against any of them. 
In addition, the Group’s Articles of Association provide for the ability of the Group to grant qualifying third-party indemnity provisions (as defined 
in section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) for the benefit of the Directors in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur (or have 
incurred) in connection with their duties, powers or office.

Ordinary and special business
Resolutions will be placed before the Annual General Meeting to confer authority on the Group to allot equity securities of up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £946,162 and to authorise and empower the Group to allot equity securities.

The Companies Act 2006 permits a public group to purchase its own shares in accordance with the powers contained in its Articles of Association and 
with the authority of a resolution of shareholders. The Directors believe that the Group should be authorised to take advantage of these provisions 
and, therefore, pursuant to the power contained in the Group’s Articles of Association, it is intended to propose a special resolution at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting to confer authority on the Group to purchase up to a maximum in aggregate of 10% of the Ordinary Shares of 62/3 pence 
each in the share capital of the Group at a price or prices which will not be less than 62/3 pence and which will not be more than 5% above the average 
of the middle market quotation derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the ten business days before the relevant purchase is 
made.

The authority was given at the last Annual General Meeting of the Group for a period expiring at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting. 
It is the Directors’ intention that a resolution for its renewal will be proposed at each succeeding Annual General Meeting. The Directors will only make 
use of the authority when satisfied that it is in the interest of the Group to do so. Shareholders should note that any Ordinary Shares purchased by the 
Group will either be cancelled and the number of Ordinary Shares in issue will accordingly be reduced or will be held as treasury shares. 

Brexit
Though Brexit had some impact on financial markets, the impact to the Group has not been material. 

The Group does not have branches or any of its activities conducted in the EU. The Group had very few clients based in the EU and following the Brexit 
agreement, all such clients have or are in the process of moving to an alternative investment house. The expected revenues from these clients were 
removed from future forecasts, with very little impact felt. Whilst the UK is likely to see disruptions on movement of goods, capital and labour for some 
time to come there is no direct impact to the Group.

Financial instruments and risk management 
The risk management objectives and policies of the Group are set out in note 25 to the financial statements.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 March 2021, there were no interests, excluding those of Directors, in excess of 3% of the Ordinary Share capital of the Group. 

L. W. S. Lim 
L. W. Y. Lim 
L. W. J. Lim 

Number 

Percentage

3,496,694 
3,496,694 
3,496,692 

8.21
8.21
8.21

As at 30 June 2021, the following interests, excluding those of Directors, in excess of 3% of the Ordinary Share capital of the Group were held:

L. W. S. Lim 
L. W. Y. Lim 
L. W. J. Lim 

Number 

Percentage

3,496,694 
3,496,694 
3,496,692 

8.21
8.21
8.21

Pillar 3 disclosures
The Basel Capital Accord, issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, aims to improve the flexibility and risk sensitivity of the existing 
Accord. The Accord consists of three mutually reinforcing pillars. Pillar 3 recommends requirements aimed at enhancing market discipline through 
effective disclosure of information to market participants.

The disclosures can be found on the following website: www.wcgplc.co.uk. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56 

Directors’ report (continued)
for the year ended 31 March 2021

Carbon emission reporting
Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data for the year ended 31 March 2021:

Scope 1 – combustion of fuel 
Scope 2 – purchased electricity 

Total 

Total emissions per employee 

The underlying global energy use for the year ended 31 March 2021:

Electricity 
Gas 

Total 

2021 
tCO2e 

8 
87 

95 

0.45 

2021 
kWh 

373,952 
44,555 

418,507 

2020
tCO2e

12
96

108

0.49

2020
kWh

374,806
64,550

439,356

All energy consumption is in the UK (2020: 100%).

The Greenhouse Gas Protocol assessment methodology and UK Government conversion factors for Company Reporting have been applied to 
calculate the emissions statistics in relation to material sources of emissions for which the Group is responsible. 

The reporting boundary used for collation of the above data is consistent with that used for consolidation purposes in the financial statements. 

These disclosures incorporate the requirements of The Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) 
Regulations 2018, which is effective for periods beginning 1 April 2019.

The Group continues to incorporate considerations of the environment and energy efficiency into its decision-making processes and further 
information in relation to its impact is considered in the Group’s Section 172(1) statement contained in the Group’s Strategic Report.

The following sources of emissions are not deemed to be material for the purposes of preparing this disclosure:

  Vehicle use; and
  Air conditioning.

Audit information
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that:

  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; 
  the Director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information 

and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of that information; and

  a resolution to reappoint the auditor, PKF Littlejohn LLP, will be put to the AGM on 28 September 2021.

Auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP has signified its willingness to continue in office as auditor.

Going concern
The Group’s forecasts and projections show sufficient cash resources, working capital and regulatory financial resources for its present requirements 
covering a period extending more than 12 months (see note 2 on page 68 for further details). Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis for the preparation of the financial statements.

Subsequent events
Details of significant events occurring after the end of the reporting period are given in note 35.

Approval
This report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Sanath Dandeniya FCCA
Director

20 August 2021

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Governance

57

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
for the year ended 31 March 2021

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are required to prepare the 
Group financial statements in accordance with International Accounting Standards (IAS) in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006, and have elected to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss for the Group for that period. 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
  state whether the financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in conformity  
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; 
  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed in the preparation of the Company financial statements, subject to any 

material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue  

in business; and 

  prepare a Directors’ report, a Strategic report and Directors’ remuneration report which comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors confirm that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced, and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and the financial statements are made available on a website. Financial statements are 
published on the Company’s website in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements, which may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of the 
Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein.

Directors’ responsibilities pursuant to DTR4
The Directors confirm to the best of their knowledge:

  The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of 

the Companies Act 2006 and give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and loss  
of the Group.

  The Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the financial position of the Group and the 

Parent Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

Approval
This report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Sanath Dandeniya FCCA
Director

20 August 2021

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
58 

Independent auditor’s report
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc

Opinion 
We have audited the financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended 31 
March 2021 which comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement 
of financial position, the consolidated statement of cash flows, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the company balance sheet, the 
company statement of changes in equity and notes to the accounts, including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial 
statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 102 “The Financial Reporting 
Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland”(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

In our opinion: 

  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2021 and of the 

group’s and parent company’s loss for the year then ended; 

  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006; 

  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice; and 

  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards to the group 
financial statements, international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the  
European Union.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent 
of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, 
including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Conclusions relating to going concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting included:

  Confirmation of our understanding of management’s going concern assessment process. We also engaged with management to ensure all key 

factors were considered in their assessment. 

  We obtained management’s going concern assessment, including the cash forecast for a period exceeding twelve months from the date the 

financial statements were approved by the directors. The group has modelled various scenarios in their cash forecasts to incorporate unexpected 
changes to the forecasted liquidity of the group. 

  We reviewed the factors and assumptions included in the cash forecast. We considered the appropriateness of the assumptions and methods used 
to calculate the cash forecasts and determined that the assumptions and methods utilised were appropriate to be able to make an assessment for 
the group. 

  We reviewed the group’s going concern disclosures included in the annual report in order to assess that the disclosures were appropriate and in 

conformity with the reporting standards.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s or parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months 
from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the entities reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention 
to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Our application of materiality 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole to be 
£122,000 for the consolidated financial statements using 0.4% of group revenue as a basis. We consider group revenue to be the most stable 
benchmark and the most relevant determinant of the group’s performance used by shareholders. 

We used a different level of materiality (‘performance materiality’) to determine the extent of our testing for the audit of the financial statements. 
Performance materiality is based on the audit materiality as adjusted for the judgements made as to the entity risk and our evaluation of the specific 
risk of each audit area having regard to the internal control environment. This was set at 70% of overall materiality at £85,400.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of 5% of overall materiality at £6,100 as 
well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We reassessed materiality at the end of the audit 
and did not find it necessary to revise our planning materiality. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

59

Whilst materiality for the financial statements as a whole was set at £122,000, each significant component of the group was audited to an overall 
materiality ranging between £4,000 and £109,000 with performance materiality set at 70% of overall materiality. We applied the concept of 
materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatement.

Our approach to the audit
Our audit approach was developed by obtaining an understanding of the group’s activities, the key subjective judgements made by the directors,  
for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions, and considering future events that are inherently 
uncertain, and the overall control environment, such as impairment of goodwill, impairment of intangible assets and provision for client claims

Based on this understanding we assessed those aspects of the group’s transactions and balances which were most likely to give rise to a material 
misstatement and were most susceptible to irregularities including fraud or error. Specifically, we identified what we considered to be key audit matters 
and planned our audit approach accordingly. 

All the subsidiaries of the group (components) are based in the UK and the group audit team have responsibility for the audit of all components 
included in the consolidated financial statements. The group consists of nineteen components. Five of the components were determined to be 
significant components and were subject to full scope audits. The remaining components were considered to be non-significant components and 
specific audit procedures were performed on material balances.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had 
the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide  
a separate opinion on these matters. 

Area

Reason

How our scope addressed this matter

Revenue 
recognition
Refer to notes 3 
(accounting policy) 
and 5 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.

Revenue is the most relevant determinant 
of the group’s performance used by 
shareholders. Inaccurate or incomplete 
revenue could have a material impact on 
group performance.

We obtained an understanding and evaluated the design and 
implementation of controls that the group has established in relation  
to the recognition of revenue.

We also performed the following tests of detailed procedures tailored  
to each revenue stream:

The group’s revenue amounting to 
£30,348,000 (2020: £31,422,000) 
consists of broking income and non-
broking income from the following 
activities:

  Stockbroking;
  Investment management;
  Wealth management;
  Pensions administration; and
  Interest income 

For broking income, the risk is whether 
the IT system records trades accurately. 

For non-broking income (e.g. management 
fees), there is a risk that the calculation 
is not in accordance with the signed 
agreements or contracts.

Broking income
  For a sample of trade commissions, compliance charges and other 
commissions, we traced revenue recorded to contract notes and 
deductions from client accounts.

  We gained reliance on controls being operating effectively on the 

group’s systems. This also provided assurance over the completeness  
of the balances from the assessment performed using IT techniques.

Non-broking income 
  Used data analytics to verify the client fees schedule in the underlying 
system. The client fees data was extracted and reconciled to the  
figures in the final accounts providing assurance over completeness  
of the balance.

  For a sample of fees we obtained invoices and rate confirmation  

letters/signed client agreements to agree the amount, cut off and % fee 
applied to the client’s Assets Under Management (“AUM”), as well as 
tracing the revenue to deductions from client accounts or bank receipts. 
The share prices used for AUM valuations in the sample were agreed to 
third-party sources such as the London Stock Exchange. 

  We gained assurance over the recalculation of the client fees in the 
invoices from the assessment performed by our internal IT team  
on the group’s systems including a review of both manual and 
automated controls. 

  A sample of accrued fees at the year-end were agreed to invoices to 

recalculate the amount accrued, and post year end settlement agreed 
to deduction from the client account or bank receipts. 

  We agreed any new fee tariffs in the year to appropriate authorisation. 

Based on the procedures performed, we are satisfied that revenue  
is appropriately recognised and classified.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
60 

Independent auditor’s report (continued)
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc

Area

Reason

How our scope addressed this matter

Impairment of 
goodwill
Refer to notes 3 
(accounting policy) 
and 17 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.

Goodwill amounting to £4,388,000 
(2020: £4,388,000) arose from the 
acquisitions of London York Fund 
Management Limited and Barker Poland 
Asset Management LLP in previous years.

Impairment of goodwill is considered 
a significant risk as significant 
judgement is required to be exercised 
by the directors in determining the 
underlying assumptions used in the 
annual impairment reviews. Key 
assumptions include discount rate, long 
term growth rates, Enterprise Value/ 
Assets Under Management (“EV/AUM”) 
and Price/Earnings (“P/E”) ratios. The 
use of inappropriate or unsupported 
assumptions gives rise to the risk of 
material misstatement in the carrying 
amount of goodwill.

Recognition and 
Impairment of 
intangible assets 
(client lists)
Refer to notes 3 
(accounting policy) 
and 18 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.

Intangible assets (client lists) amounting 
to £6,142,000 (2020: £6,682,000) arise in 
respect of acquired client lists. 

Impairment of intangible assets (client 
lists) is considered a significant risk as 
significant judgement is required to be 
exercised by the directors in assessing 
whether the initial recognition criteria has 
been met and the estimated useful life is 
appropriate and supportable.

Provision for 
client claims
Refer to notes 3 
(accounting policy) 
and 27 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.

Claims amounting to £205,000 (2020: 
£178,000) arise in the ordinary course of 
business. 

Significant judgement is required to 
be exercised in the assessment of the 
amount of any provision that should be 
carried in respect of any open claims, 
including the availability of insurance. 

We obtained an understanding and tested the design and implementation 
of the group’s controls over the impairment assessment process. 

We evaluated the appropriateness of management’s identification of the 
group’s CGUs.

We challenged management on the appropriateness of the impairment 
models and reasonableness of the assumptions used through performing 
the following:

  Benchmarking the group’s key market-related assumptions in the 

models, including discount rates, long term growth rates, EV/AUM and 
P/E ratios, against external data;

  Assessing the reliability of any forecasts through a review of actual past 

performance and comparison to previous forecasts;

  Testing the mathematical accuracy and performing sensitivity analyses 

of the models;

  Understanding the commercial prospects of the assets, and where 
possible comparison of assumptions with external data sources;
  Assessing management’s sensitivity analysis showing the impact  

of a reasonably possible change in underlying assumptions;

  Performing our own sensitivity analysis using a range of acceptable 

assumptions; and

  Assessing the adequacy of the disclosures within the financial statements.

Based on the procedures performed, we consider management’s 
assessment of no impairment on goodwill to be appropriate and the 
carrying value of goodwill is appropriately stated.

For Intangible assets (client lists), we performed the following:

  Verifying amounts capitalised in the year against supporting agreements;
  Challenging management’s assessment that any additions meet the 

required capitalisation criteria;

  Performing an assessment on the appropriateness of the useful life; 
  Reviewing management’s assessment of impairment indicators, 

considering both internal and external sources of information; and
  Assessing the sufficiency of the sensitivity analyses performed by 

management, focusing on what we consider to be reasonably possible 
changes in key assumptions.

Based on the procedures performed, the carrying value of intangible assets 
(client lists) is appropriately stated.

We evaluated the design and implementation of controls in respect of 
provisioning for client claims. Our procedures included the following: 

  Reviewing external legal advice obtained by management;
  Discussing open claim matters and developments with the group 

general counsel;

  Discussing with management and reviewed relevant correspondence 

including the complaints register;

  Assessing and challenged management’s conclusions through 

understanding precedents set in similar cases;

  Circularising relevant third-party legal representatives, together with 

follow up discussions, where appropriate; and

  Reviewing expenses for any litigation costs.

Based on the procedures performed, we consider the provision for client 
claims to be reasonably stated.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

61

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the group and parent company financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material 
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 

consistent with the financial statements; and 

  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we 
have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 

  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or 

  the parent company financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or

  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the group’s and parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Statement 
specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement is 
materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:

  Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified 

set out on page 57;

  Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate on  

page 33;

  Directors’ statement that they consider the annual report and the financial statements, taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable 

set out on page 57;

  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 24;
  The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out on page 32; 

and

  The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on page 38.

Responsibilities of directors 
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the group and parent company 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the group and parent company financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting 
unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
62 

Independent auditor’s report (continued)
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee 
that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud 
or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

  We obtained an understanding of the group and parent company and the sector in which they operate to identify laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a direct effect on the financial statements. We obtained our understanding in this regard through discussions 
with management, industry research, application of cumulative audit knowledge and experience of the investment management and wealth 
management sectors.

  We determined the principal laws and regulations relevant to the group and parent company in this regard to be arising from Companies Act 2006, 
Listing Rules, Corporate Governance Code, the rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and the financial reporting framework. Several 
components within the group are authorised and regulated by the FCA and we considered the extent to which non-compliance with the  
FCA regulations might have a material effect on the group’s financial statements.

  We designed our audit procedures to ensure the audit team considered whether there were any indications of non-compliance by the group 

and parent company with those laws and regulations. These procedures included but were not limited to making enquiries of management and 
those responsible for legal and compliance matters, review of minutes of the Board and papers provided to the audit committee to identify any 
indications of non-compliance, and review of legal / regulatory correspondence with the FCA.

  We also identified the possible risks of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud. We considered, in addition to the non-

rebuttable presumption of a risk of fraud arising from management override of controls, that there was a potential for management bias in relation 
to the recognition of income, the assessment of any impairment of goodwill and client lists and the assessment of the provision for client claims. 
We addressed this by challenging the assumptions and judgements made by management when auditing significant accounting estimates. 

  As in all of our audits, we addressed the risk of fraud arising from management override of controls by performing audit procedures which included, 
but were not limited to: the testing of journals; reviewing accounting estimates for evidence of bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any 
significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not detect all irregularities, including those leading to a material 
misstatement in the financial statements or non-compliance with regulation. This risk increases the more that compliance with a law or regulation 
is removed from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, as we will be less likely to become aware of instances of non-
compliance. The risk is also greater regarding irregularities occurring due to fraud rather than error, as fraud involves intentional concealment, forgery, 
collusion, omission or misrepresentation.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 

Other matters which we are required to address 
We were appointed by the audit committee on 14 December 2020 to audit the financial statements for the period ending 31 March 2021 and 
subsequent financial periods. Our total uninterrupted period of engagement is 1 year, covering the period ending 31 March 2021. 

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we remain independent of 
the group and the parent company in conducting our audit.

In addition to the audit, we also provided CASS audit services to three subsidiaries within the group. CASS audit services are audit related services and 
the threat to auditor independence is deemed to be insignificant. We do not consider there to be any other threats that may impair our objectivity and 
independence.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee. 

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work 
has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone, other than the company and the 
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Carmine Papa (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of PKF Littlejohn LLP 
Statutory Auditor 

15 Westferry Circus
Canary Wharf
London 
E14 4HD

20 August 2021 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

63

Consolidated income statement
year ended 31 March 2021

Revenue 
Commissions and fees paid 
Share of associate/joint venture after tax profit/(loss) 

Gross profit 

Administrative expenses 
Exceptional items 

Operating profit 

Investment revenue 
Finance costs 

(Loss)/profit before tax 
Taxation 

(Loss)/profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company 

(Loss)/earnings per share 

Basic and diluted 

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 68 to 93 form part of these financial statements.

Note 

5 
7 
8 

9 
10 

11 
12 

14 

2021 
£’000 

 30,348 
 (9,702) 
 66 

 20,712 

 (20,271) 
 (419) 

22 

 10 
 (146) 

 (114) 
 (144) 

(258) 

2020 
£’000 

31,422 
 (9,771)
(11) 

21,640 

 (20,923)
375 

1,092 

76 
 (205)

963 
 (245)

718 

16 

(0.61)p 

1.69p 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
year ended 31 March 2021

(Loss)/profit for the year 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company 

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 68 to 93 form part of these financial statements.

 2021 
 £’000 

(258) 

(258) 

2020 
£’000 

718 

718 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

65

Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 31 March 2021

Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use asset 
Investment in associate/joint venture 
Investments – fair value through profit or loss   

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Investments – fair value through profit or loss 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 
Lease liabilities 

Net current assets 

Long-term liabilities 
Deferred cash consideration 
Lease liabilities 
Dilapidation provision 

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Own shares 
Retained earnings 
Other reserves 

Group 
2021 
 £’000  

 4,388 
 6,566 
 1,477 
 3,612 
 2 
 37 

Group
2020
£’000

4,388 
6,701 
2,330 
4,362 
– 
51 

 16,082 

17,832 

 49,098 
 920 
 8,855 

 58,873 

74,955 

 (47,395) 
(123) 
 (400) 
 (205) 
 (946) 

 24,515 
638 
8,609 

33,762 

51,594 

 (22,750)
 (424)
 (335)
 (178)
 (969)

 (49,069) 

 (24,656)

9,804 

9,106 

 (33) 
 (2,856) 
 (675) 

 (3,564) 

22,322 

 2,888 
 3,763 
 (312) 
 11,260 
 4,723 

 (15)
 (3,620)
 (659)

 (4,294)

 22,644 

2,888 
3,763 
 (312)
11,582 
4,723 

Note 

17 
18 
19 
20 
8 
21 

22 
21 
23 

26 

24 
27 
28 

36 
28 
27 

29 
29 
30 
30 
30 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company 

22,322 

 22,644

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 68 to 93 form part of these financial statements.

The financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc (Company registration no: 01432059) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for 
issue on 20 August 2021.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Sanath Dandeniya FCCA
Director 

20 August 2021

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66 

Consolidated statement of cash flows
year ended 31 March 2021

Operating activities 
Cash generated from operations 
Tax (paid)/received 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Investing activities 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment    
Sale of investments held for trading 
Consideration paid on acquisition of client lists 
Consideration paid on acquisition of subsidiary 
Dividends received 
Dividends received from associate investment 
Interest received 

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities 

Financing activities 
Dividends paid 
Interest paid 
Repayment of lease liabilities* 
Repayment of lease interest* 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

*   Total repayment of lease liabilities under IFRS 16 in the period was £1,133,000 (2020: 1,101,000)

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 68 to 93 form part of these financial statements.

Note 

31 

11 
8 

2021 
£’000 

1,806 
 (379) 

1,427 

(24) 
78 
 (100) 
 – 
8 
 64 
 2 

28 

 (64) 
 (12) 
 (999) 
 (134) 

2020
£’000

3,483 
 18 

3,501 

 (321)
 101 
(21)
(1)
17
– 
48 

 (177)

 (396)
 (7)
 (944)
 (157)

(1,209) 

 (1,504)

246 
8,609 

8,855 

 1,820 
6,789 

8,609 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

67

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
year ended 31 March 2021

 Share  
capital  
 £’000  

Share 
premium 
 account  
 £’000  

Own
shares 

Capital 
held    redemption  
 £’000  

 £’000  

Other  
 £’000  

Retained 
 earnings  
 £’000  

Total
equity 
 £’000 

Equity as at 31 March 2019 

 2,888  

 3,763  

 (312) 

 111  

 4,612  

 10,659  

 21,721 

Comprehensive income for the year 

Effect of adoption of IFRS 16 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Contributions by and distributions to owners
Dividends paid 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 718  

 601  

 718 

 601 

 1,319  

 1,319 

 (396) 

 (396) 

 (396)

 (396)

Equity as at 31 March 2020 

 2,888  

 3,763  

 (312) 

 111  

 4,612  

 11,582  

 22,644 

Comprehensive loss for the year 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

Contributions by and distributions to owners 
Dividends paid 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 (258)  

 (258)  

 (64) 

 (64) 

 (258) 

 (258)

 (64)

 (64)

Equity as at 31 March 2021 

 2,888  

 3,763  

 (312) 

 111  

 4,612  

 11,260  

 22,322

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 68 to 93 form part of these financial statements.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 

Notes to the accounts
year ended 31 March 2021

1.  General information
Walker Crips Group plc (“the Company”) is the Parent Company of the Walker Crips group of companies (“the Company”). The Company is a public 
limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 and listed on the London Stock Exchange. The nature of the 
Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out on pages 2 to 3. The Group is registered in England and Wales. The address of the registered 
office is Old Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4BJ.

The significant accounting policies have been disclosed below. The accounting policies for the Group and the Company are consistent unless  
otherwise stated.

2.  Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006. 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out in note 3. The policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

The Group financial statements are presented on pages 63 to 67. 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in GBP sterling (£). Amounts shown are rounded to the nearest thousand, unless stated otherwise.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments that are measured at 
fair value, and are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. The principal 
accounting policies adopted are set out below and have been applied consistently to all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. 

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its 
judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where 
assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 4.

Going concern
The financial statements of the Group have been prepared on a going concern basis. At 31 March 2021, the Group had net assets of £22.3 million 
(2020: £22.6 million), net current assets of £9.8 million (2020: £9.1 million) and cash and cash equivalents of £8.9 million (2020: £8.6 million). The 
Group reported an operating profit of £22,000 for the year ended 31 March 2021 (2020: £1,092,000), inclusive of exceptional expense of £419,000 
(2020: exceptional income of £375,000), and net cash inflows from operating activities of £1.8 million (2020: £3.5 million).

The Directors consider the going concern basis to be appropriate following their assessment of the Group’s financial position and its ability to meet  
its obligations as and when they fall due. In making the going concern assessment the Directors have taken into account the following:

  The Group’s three-year base case projections based on current strategy, trading performance, expected future profitability, liquidity, capital 

solvency and dividend policy.

  Outcome of stress scenarios applied to the Group’s base case projections prior to deployment of management actions.
  The principal risks facing the Group and its systems of risk management and internal control.
  The Group’s ability to generate positive operating cash flow during the year to 31 March 2021, a period of significant uncertainty, and the 

projections over the next three years.

Key assumptions that the Directors have made in preparing the base case cash flow forecasts are that:

  Revenues reflect the impact of (i) continued low base rates of 10 basis points on income for managing client deposits and (ii) no further significant 
impact from the pandemic other than what is already known. The base case assumption is for the FTSE 100 index to remain at the lower 7000 
range for a large part of the next 12 months. The total revenue is expected to increase by 5% next year with fee income, helped by the recovering 
financial markets, and a conservative new fee expectation from the joiners to our Wealth team. Years two and three growth expectation set 
conservatively at 2%.

  Base case costs prudently reflect only the actions Management has taken to date.
  Expected benefits from the planned consolidation of a number of regulated entities and streamlining the management structure not included in 

the forecast at this stage.

Key stress scenarios that the Directors have considered include: 

  A “bear stress scenario”: representing a further 10% fall in income compared to the base case scenario in the reporting periods ending  

31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023.

  A remote “severe or reverse stress scenario”: representing a 20% fall in commission income and 15% fall in fee income compared to the base case 

for each forecast period. 

  Both stress scenarios assume no mitigating actions. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

69

Liquidity and regulatory capital resource requirements exceed the minimum thresholds in both the base and bear scenarios. However, in the severe 
stress scenario, although the Group has positive liquidity throughout the period, the negative impact on our prudential capital ratio is such that it 
is projected to fall below the regulatory requirement in September 2022. The Directors consider this scenario to be remote in view of the prudence 
built into the base case planning and that further mitigations available to the Directors are not reflected therein. Such mitigating actions within 
Management control include reduction in proprietary risk positions, delayed capital expenditure, further reductions in discretionary spend and 
additional reduction in employee headcount. Other mitigating actions which may be possible include seeking shareholder support, sale of assets and 
stronger cost reductions. 

Following the assessment of the Group’s financial position and its ability to meet its obligations as and when they fall due, including the financial 
implications of the pandemic, the Directors are not aware of any material uncertainties that cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue  
as a going concern.

Standards and interpretations affecting the reported results or the financial position
The accounting standards adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year. Amendments to existing IFRS standards did not have  
a material impact on the Group’s Consolidated Income Statement or the Statement of Financial Position.

The Group does not expect standards yet to be adopted by the newly-formed and independent UK endorsement body (“UKEB”) to have a material 
impact in future years.

3.  Significant accounting policies
Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Group and companies controlled by the Group (its subsidiaries) made up 
to 31 March each year. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has 
the ability to affect those returns through its powers to direct relevant activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which 
control is obtained and no longer consolidated from the date that control ceases; their results are in the consolidated financial statements up to the 
date that control ceases.

Entities where the interest is 49% or less are assessed for potential treatment as a Group company against the control tests outlined in IFRS 10, being 
power over the investee, exposure or rights to variable returns and power over the investee to affect the amount of investors’ returns.

All intercompany balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair 
values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control 
of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. 

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is 
re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date; any gains or losses arising from such re-measurement are recognised in profit or loss.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or as a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently re-measured 
to fair value, with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Interests in associate/joint venture
A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby the Group and other parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control; that  
is when the strategic financial and operating policy decisions relating to the activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

The Group’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of jointly controlled entities are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements 
under the equity method. Following the acquisition of the remaining interest in the former joint venture, JWPCreers Wealth Management Limited, 
which is now a 100% owned subsidiary, no assets or liabilities are classified as a joint venture investment in these financial statements.

An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control. The Group uses the equity method of accounting 
by which the equity investment is initially recorded at cost and subsequently adjusted to reflect the investor’s share of the net assets of the associate.

The Group has a 33% associate investment in Walker Crips Property Income Limited (“WCPIL”) (see note 8).

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
70 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)
Intangible assets
(a) Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest 
in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets 
acquired. If the total of consideration transferred, non-controlling interest recognised and previously held interest measured at fair value is less than the 
fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement. 

Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not 
amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently reversed 
in future periods.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the CGUs, or groups of CGUs, that is 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level 
within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The 
carrying value of the CGU containing the goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value-in-use and the fair value less 
costs of disposal. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

(b) Client lists
Client lists are recognised when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably 
whilst the risk and rewards have also transferred into the Group’s ownership.

Intangible assets classified as client lists are recognised when acquired as part of a business combination or when separate payments are made to 
acquire clients’ assets by adding teams of investment managers.

The cost of acquired client lists and businesses generating revenue from clients and investment managers are capitalised. These costs are amortised 
on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives of three to twenty years at inception. The amortisation period and amortisation method for 
intangible assets are reviewed at least each financial year end. All intangible assets have a finite useful life.

Amortisation of intangible fixed assets is included within administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.

At each statement of financial position date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its intangible assets to determine whether there is any 
indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order 
to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the 
Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

(c) Software licences
Computer software which is not an integral part of the related hardware is recognised as an intangible asset when the Group is expected to benefit 
from future use of the software and the costs are reliably measured and amortised using the straight-line method over a useful life of up to five years.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life or intangible assets not ready to use are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually 
for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value-in-use. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are largely independent cash inflows (cash-generating units). Prior impairments of 
non-financial assets (other than goodwill) are reviewed for possible reversal at each reporting date.

Own shares held
Own shares consist of treasury shares which are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received 
for the sale of treasury shares is also recognised in equity with any difference being taken to retained earnings. No gain or loss is recognised on sale  
of treasury shares.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

71

Revenues recognised under IFRS 15
Revenue from contracts with customers: 

  Gross commissions on stockbroking activities are recognised on those transactions whose trade date falls within the financial year, with the  

execution of the trade being the performance obligation at that point in time.

  In Walker Crips Investment Management, fees earned from managing various types of client portfolios are accrued daily over the period to which 

they relate with the performance obligation fulfilled over the same period.

  Fees in respect of financial services activities of Walker Crips Wealth Management are accrued evenly over the period to which they relate with the 

performance obligation fulfilled over the same period. 

  Fees earned from structured investments are recognised on the date the underlying security of the structured investment is traded and settled,  

with the execution of the trade being the performance obligation at that point in time.

  Fees earned from software offering, Software as a Service (“SaaS”), are accrued evenly over the period to which they relate with the performance 

obligation fulfilled over the same period. 

Other incomes:

  Interest is recognised as it accrues in respect of the financial year.
  Dividend income is recognised when: 

  the Group’s right to receive payment of dividends is established;
  when it is probable that economic benefits associated with the dividend will flow to the Group; and
  the amount of the dividend can be reliably measured.

  Gains or losses arising on disposal of trading book instruments and changes in fair value of securities held for trading purposes are both recognised  

in profit and loss.

The Group does not have any long-term contract assets in relation to customers of any fixed and/or considerable lengths of time which require the 
recognition of financing costs or incomes in relation to them.

Operating expenses
Operating expenses and other charges are provided for in full up to the statement of financial position date on an accruals basis.

Exceptional items
To assist in understanding its underlying performance, the Group identifies certain items of pre-tax income and expenditure and discloses them 
separately in the Consolidated income statement.

Such items include:

1.  profits or losses on disposal, closure or impairment of assets or businesses;
2.  corporate transaction and restructuring costs;
3.  changes in the fair value of contingent consideration; and
4.  non-recurring items considered individually for classification as exceptional by virtue of their nature or size.

The separate disclosure of these items allows a clearer understanding of the Group’s trading performance on a consistent and comparable  
basis, together with an understanding of the effect of non-recurring or large individual transactions upon the overall profitability of the Group.  
The exceptional items arising in the current period are explained in note 10 and fall under categories 2, 3 and 4 above. The related tax effect is also 
quantified and disclosed in note 14. 

Deferred income
Income received from clients in respect of future periods to the transaction or reporting date are classified as deferred income within creditors until 
such time as value has been received by the client.

Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each of the Group’s companies are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Group 
and the presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign 
currencies) are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each statement of financial position date, monetary 
assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Exchange 
differences arising on the settlement of monetary items, and on the re-translation of monetary items, are included in the consolidated income 
statement for the period.

Where consideration is received in advance of revenue being recognised, the date of the transaction reflects the date the consideration is received.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
72 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)
Property, plant and equipment
Fixtures and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and provision for any impairment. Depreciation is charged so as to 
write-off the cost or valuation of assets over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method on the following bases:

Computer hardware 
Computer software 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

33 1/3% per annum on cost
between 20% and 331/3% per annum on cost
over the term of the lease
331/3% per annum on cost

Right-of-use assets held under contractual arrangements are depreciated over the lengths of their respective contractual terms, as prescribed under 
IFRS 16.

The gain or loss on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the 
asset and is recognised in income. The residual values and estimated useful life of items within property, plant and equipment are reviewed at least at 
each financial year end. Any shortfalls in carrying value are impaired immediately through profit or loss.

Taxation
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax.

Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity. In this case the tax is also 
recognised directly in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in the 
countries where the Company’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken 
in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the 
basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. 

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset 
or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 
Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted, or substantially enacted, by the end of the reporting period and 
are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised, or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax liabilities are provided on taxable temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint 
arrangements, except for deferred income tax liability where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is 
probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Generally, the Group is unable to control the reversal of the temporary 
difference for associates, unless there is an agreement in place that gives the Group the ability to control the reversal of the temporary difference not 
recognised.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised on deductible temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint 
arrangements only to the extent that it is probable the temporary difference will reverse in the future and there is sufficient taxable profit available 
against which the temporary difference can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities, 
and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or 
different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset or financial liability at its fair value plus or minus transaction costs. Transaction costs 
of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) are expensed in the income statement. Immediately 
after initial recognition, an expected credit loss allowance (“ECL”) is recognised for financial assets measured at amortised cost, which results in an 
accounting loss being recognised in profit or loss when an asset is newly originated.

The Group does not use hedge accounting.

a)  Financial assets
Classification and subsequent measurement
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories: 

  Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”); 
  Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”); or 
  Amortised cost.

Financial assets are classified as current or non-current depending on the contractual timing for recovery of the asset. The classification depends on 
the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

73

(i)  Debt instruments
Classification and subsequent measurement of debt instruments depend on:

  the Group’s business model for managing the asset; and 
  the cash flow characteristics of the asset.

Business model: The business model reflects how the Group manages the assets in order to generate cash flows. That is, whether the Group’s 
objective is solely to collect the contractual cash flows from the assets, to collect both the contractual cash flows and cash flows arising from the sale 
of assets, or solely or mainly to collect cash flows arising from the sale of assets. Factors considered by the Group include past experience on how the 
contractual cash flows for these assets were collected, how the assets’ performance is evaluated, and how risks are assessed and managed.

Cash flow characteristics of the asset: Where the business model is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows, the Group assesses whether  
the financial instruments’ contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (“the SPPI test”). In making this assessment,  
the Group considers whether the contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic lending instrument. 

Based on these factors, the Group classifies its debt instruments into one of two measurement categories:

Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and 
interest (“SPPI”), and that are not designated at FVTPL, are measured at amortised cost. Amortised cost is the amount at which the financial asset is 
measured at initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation, using the effective interest rate method, 
of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, adjusted by any ECL recognised. The effective interest rate is the rate that 
exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the gross carrying amount. Interest 
income from these financial assets is included within investment revenues using the effective interest rate method.

Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”): Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive 
income (“FVTOCI”) are measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Reclassification
The Group reclassifies debt instruments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. The reclassification takes place 
from the start of the first reporting period following the change. 

Impairment
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its debt instruments held at amortised cost. The Group recognises a loss 
allowance for such losses at each reporting date. On initial recognition, the Group recognises a 12-month ECL. At the reporting date, if there has been  
a significant increase in credit risk, the loss allowance is revised to the lifetime expected credit loss.

The measurement of ECL reflects:

  an unbiased and probability weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes; 
  the time value of money; and 
  reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions 

and forecasts of future economic conditions.

The Group adopts the simplified approach to trade receivables and contract assets, which allows entities to recognise lifetime expected losses  
on all assets, without the need to identify significant increases in credit risk (i.e. no distinction is needed between 12-month and lifetime expected 
credit losses).

(ii)  Equity instruments
Investments are recognised and derecognised on a trade date basis where a purchase or sale of an investment is under a contract whose terms require 
delivery of the instrument within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value.

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value through profit and loss. Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL are 
recognised in revenue within the Consolidated Income Statement.

(iii)  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original 
maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in 
value. Bank overdrafts are shown within current liabilities in the statement of financial position.

De-recognition
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group 
has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
74 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
b)  Financial liabilities
Classification and subsequent measurement
Financial liabilities are classified and subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity 
instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.

Trade payables
Trade payables are classified at amortised cost. Due to their short-term nature, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

Bank overdrafts
Interest-bearing bank overdrafts are initially measured at fair value and shown within current liabilities. Finance charges are accounted for on an 
accrual basis in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they 
are not settled in the period in which they arise.

Equity instruments 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly  
attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders, until the shares are 
cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction 
costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)
The Group has an incentive policy to encourage all members of staff to participate in the ownership and future prosperity of the Group. All employees 
can participate in the SIP following three months of service. Employees may contribute a maximum of 10% of their gross salary in regular monthly 
payments (being not less than £10 and not greater than £150) to acquire Ordinary Shares in the Parent Company (Partnership Shares). Partnership 
Shares are acquired monthly. 

In response to mitigate some perceived impacts from the pandemic on the Group, the matching option was temporarily suspended during the 
twelve-month period to 31 March 2021. On 1 April 2021, the matching option was reinstated to one-half for every Partnership Share purchased. This 
arrangement will continue until 31 March 2022. All shares awarded under this scheme have been purchased in the market by the Trustees of the SIP. 

Provisions
Provisions for environmental restoration, restructuring costs and legal claims are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount has been 
reliably estimated. Restructuring provisions comprise lease termination penalties and employee termination payments. Provisions are not recognised 
for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation, using a pre-tax rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time 
is recognised as interest expense.

Long-term liabilities – deferred cash and shares consideration 
Amounts payable to personnel under recruitment contracts in respect of the client relationships, which transfer to the Group, are treated as long-term 
liabilities if the due date for payment of cash consideration is beyond the period of one year after the year-end date. The value of shares in all cases 
is derived by a formula based on the value of client assets received in conjunction with the prevailing share price at the date of issue which in turn 
determines the number of shares issuable.

Pension costs
The Group contributes to defined contribution personal pension schemes for selected employees. For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays 
contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further 
payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expenses when they are due. 
Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available. The contribution 
rate is based on annual salary and the amount is charged to the income statement on an accrual basis.

Dividends paid
Equity dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability 
in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders. There is no requirement to 
pay dividends unless approved by the shareholders by way of written resolution where there is sufficient cash to meet current liabilities, and without 
detriment of any financial covenants, if applicable.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

75

Leases
The Group leases various offices, software and equipment that are recognised under IFRS 16. The Group’s lease contracts are typically made for fixed 
periods of 2 to 10 years and extension and termination options enabling maximise operational flexibility are included in a number of property and 
software leases across the Group. 

All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for:

  Leases of low value assets; and
  Leases with a duration of 12 months or less.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss.  
Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. 

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group.  
Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to 
produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use assets are depreciated over  
the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following 
lease payments: 

  fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;
  variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;
  amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
  the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and 
  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for 
leases held by the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used.

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group:

  where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjust to reflect changes in financing conditions 

since third-party financing was received;

  uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group, which does not have recent  

third-party financing; and

  make adjustments specific to the lease, for example term, country, currency and security.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit and loss over the lease period so as to produce  
a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

  the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
  any initial direct costs; and 
  restoration costs. 

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the useful economic life of the underlying asset on a straight-line basis. 

The Group does not have any leasing activities acting as a lessor.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:

  the profit attributable to owners of the company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares;
  by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued 

during the year and excluding treasury shares (note 16).

There are currently no obligations present that could have a dilutive effect on ordinary shares.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
76 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

4.  Key sources of estimation uncertainty and judgements
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related 
actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Impairment of goodwill – estimation and judgement
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the fair value less costs to sell and the value-in-use of the cash-generating units 
to which goodwill has been allocated. The fair value less costs to sell involves estimation of values based on the application of earnings multiples 
and comparison to similar transactions. The value-in-use calculation requires the entity to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the 
cash-generating unit and apply a discount rate in order to calculate present value. The assumptions used and inputs involve judgements and create 
estimation uncertainty. These assumptions have been stress-tested as described in note 17. The carrying amount of goodwill at the balance sheet date 
was £4.4 million (2020: £4.4 million) as shown in note 17.

Other intangible assets – judgement
Acquired client lists are capitalised based on current fair values. During the year, one intangible asset, a client list, was purchased by subsidiary Walker 
Crips Wealth Management Limited. When the Group purchases client relationships from other corporate entities, a judgement is made as to whether 
the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination, or a separate purchase of intangible assets. In making this judgement, the Group 
assesses the acquiree against the definition of a business combination in IFRS 3. Payments to newly recruited investment managers are capitalised 
when they are judged to be made for the acquisition of client relationship intangibles. The useful lives are estimated by assessing the historic rates of 
client retention, the ages and succession plans of the investment managers who manage the clients and the contractual incentives of the investment 
managers. The Directors conduct a review of indicators of impairment and also consider a life of up to twenty years to be both appropriate and in line 
with peers.

IFRS 16 “Leases” – estimation and judgement
IFRS 16 requires certain judgements and estimates to be made and those significant judgements are explained below. 

  The Group has opted to use single discount rates for leases with reasonably similar characteristics. The discount rates used have had an impact on 

the right-of-use assets’ values, lease liabilities on initial recognition and lease finance costs included within the income statement.

  Where a lease includes the option for the Group to extend the lease term, the Group has exercised the judgement, based on current information, 
that such leases will be extended to the full length available, and this is included in the calculation of the value of the right-of-use assets and lease 
liabilities on initial recognition and valuation at the reporting date.

Provision for dilapidations – estimation and judgement 
The Group has made provisions for dilapidations under six leases for its offices. The Group did not enter into any new property leases in the period. 
During the year, £14,000 of additional provisions were recognised, including £2,000 of interest, giving a new provision at year-end of £675,000.

The amounts of the provisions are, where possible, estimated using quotes from professional building contractors. The property, plant and equipment 
elements of the dilapidations are depreciated over the terms of their respective leases. The liabilities in relation to dilapidations are inflated using an 
estimated rate of inflation and discounted using appropriate gilt rates to present value. The change in liability attributable to inflation and discounting 
is recognised in interest expense.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

77

5.  Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows: 

Stockbroking commission 
Fees and other revenue 

Investment Management 
Wealth Management,  
Financial Planning & Pensions 

Revenue 
Investment revenue (see note 11) 

Total income 

% of total income 

Broking 
income 
£’000 

9,009 
– 

9,009 

– 

9,009 
– 

9,009 

29.7% 

Non- 
broking 
income 
£’000 

– 
19,733 

19,733 

1,606 

21,339 
10 

21,349 

70.3% 

2021 

Total 
£’000 

9,009 
19,733 

28,742 

1,606 

30,348 
10 

30,358 

100.0% 

Broking 
income 
£’000 

8,095 
– 

8,095 

– 

8,095 
– 

8,095 

25.7% 

Non-
broking
income 
£’000 

– 
21,468 

21,468 

1,859 

23,327 
76 

23,403 

74.3% 

2020

Total
£’000

8,095 
21,468 

29,563 

1,859 

31,422 
76

31,498 

100.0% 

Timing of revenue recognition
The following table presents operating income analysed by the timing of revenue recognition of the operating segment providing the service: 

2021 

Revenue from contracts with customers   
Products and services transferred at a point in time 
Products and services transferred over time   

Other revenue 
Products and services transferred at a point in time 
Products and services transferred over time 

2020 

Revenue from contracts with customers   
Products and services transferred at a point in time 
Products and services transferred over time    

Other revenue 
Products and services transferred at a point in time 
Products and services transferred over time 

Investment 

Wealth 
  Management  Management 
£’000 

£’000 

10,389 
16,393  

1,089 
855 

28,726 

161 
1,425 

20 
– 

1,606 

Investment 

Wealth 
  Management  Management 
£’000 

£’000 

10,269 
16,706 

280 
2,307 

29,562 

410 
1,449 

– 
– 

1,859 

  Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2021 
£’000 

SaaS  
£’000  

16  
–  

–  
–  

16  

10,566 
17,818 

1,109 
855 

30,348 

Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2020 
£’000 

SaaS  
£’000  

–  
1  

–  
–  

1  

10,679 
18,156 

280 
2,307 

31,422 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
78 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

6.  Segmental analysis 
For segmental reporting purposes, the Group currently has three operating segments; Investment Management, being portfolio-based transaction 
execution and investment advice; Wealth Management, being financial planning and pensions administration; and Software as a Service (“SaaS”) 
comprising provision of regulatory and admin software to regulated companies. Unallocated corporate expenses, assets and liabilities are not 
considered to be allocatable accurately, or fairly, under any known basis of allocation and are therefore disclosed separately.

Walker Crips Investment Management’s activities focus predominantly on investment management of various types of portfolios and asset classes.

Walker Crips Wealth Management provides advisory and administrative services to clients in relation to their financial planning, life insurance, 
inheritance tax and pension arrangements. 

EnOC Technologies Limited (“EnOC” or “SaaS”) provides the regulatory and admin software, Software as a Service, to regulated companies  
including all WCG’s regulated entities. Fees payable by subsidiary companies to EnOC have been eliminated on consolidation and are excluded  
from segmental analysis.

Revenues between Group entities, and in turn reportable segments, are excluded from the segmental analysis presented below.

The Group does not derive any revenue from geographical regions outside of the United Kingdom. 

2021 

Revenue 
Revenue from contracts with customers  
Other revenue 

Total revenue 

Results 
Segment result 
Unallocated corporate expenses 

Investment revenue 
Finance costs 

Loss before tax 
Tax 

Loss after tax 

2021 

Other information 
Capital additions 
Depreciation 

Statement of financial positions 
Assets 
Segment assets 
Unallocated corporate assets 

Consolidated total assets 

Liabilities 
Segment liabilities 
Unallocated corporate liabilities 

Consolidated total liabilities 

Investment 

Wealth 
  Management  Management 
£’000 

£’000 

  Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2021 
£’000 

SaaS 
£’000 

26,782 
1,944 

28,726 

1,586 
20 

1,606 

16 
– 

16 

28,384 
1,964 

30,348 

1,333  

(127)  

(127) 

1,079
(1,057)

22 
10 
(146)

(114) 
(144)

(258) 

Investment  

Wealth 
  Management  Management 
£’000 

£’000 

  Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2021 
£’000 

SaaS 
£’000 

35 
304 

201 
71 

– 
– 

236 
375 

67,297 

1,138 

369 

48,486 

328 

10  

68,804
6,151

74,955 

48,824
3,809 

52,633 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

79

2020 

Revenue 
Revenue from contracts with customers 
Other revenue 

Total revenue 

Results 
Segment result 
Unallocated corporate expenses 

Investment revenue 
Finance costs 

Profit before tax 
Tax 

Profit after tax 

2020 

Other information 
Capital additions 
Depreciation 

Statement of financial positions 
Assets 
Segment assets 
Unallocated corporate assets 

Consolidated total assets 

Liabilities 
Segment liabilities 
Unallocated corporate liabilities 

Consolidated total liabilities 

7.  Commissions and fees paid
Commissions and fees paid comprises:

To authorised external agents 
To self-employed certified persons 

Investment 

Wealth 
  Management  Management 
£’000 

£’000 

26,975 
2,587 

29,562 

1,859 
– 

1,859 

SaaS 
£’000 

1 
– 

1 

2,034 

42 

(29) 

Investment 

Wealth 
  Management  Management 
£’000 

£’000 

444 
520 

14 
70 

SaaS 
£’000 

109 
13 

42,473 

964 

159 

23,805 

502 

216 

2021 
£’000 

63 
9,639 

9,702 

Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2020 
£’000 

28,835 
2,587 

31,422 

2,047 
(955)

1,092 
76 
(205)

963 
(245)

718 

Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2020 
£’000 

567 
603 

43,596 
7,998 

51,594 

24,523 
4,427 

28,950 

2020 
£’000 

65 
9,706 

9,771 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

8.  Investment in associate/joint venture

Brought forward 
Disposals 
Share of after-tax profit/(loss) 

Dividends 

Carried forward 

2021 
£’000  

2020
£’000 

–  
– 
66  

(64)  

2  

44 
(33)
(11)

– 

– 

Associate
The Group has a 33.33% (2020: 33.33%) interest in its associate, Walker Crips Property Income Limited (“WCPIL”), a company incorporated and 
operating in the United Kingdom. The brought forward value of the Group’s share of net assets in WCPIL was £1. The Board of WCPIL submitted 
management accounts to 31 March 2021 reporting an after-tax profit of £198,000, giving the Group a £66,000 entitlement from which a dividend of 
£64,000 was paid to the Group in the period.

Joint venture
As reported in the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts, the Group acquired the remaining interest in the former joint venture, JWPCreers Wealth 
Management Limited, which is now a 100% owned subsidiary and has changed its name to Walker Crips Ventures Limited.

9.  (Loss)/profit for the year
(Loss)/profit for the year on continuing operations has been arrived at after charging: 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (see note 19)    
Depreciation of right-of-use assets (see note 20)  
Amortisation of intangibles (see note 18)  
Staff costs (see note 13)  
Recharge of staff costs 
Settlement costs  
Communications  
Regulatory costs 
Computer expenses  
Other expenses 
Auditor’s remuneration  

2021 
£’000 

375 
961 
837 
12,690 
(710) 
1,148 
1,195 
756 
595 
2,221 
203 

20,271 

2020 
£’000 

590 
867 
609 
13,268 
(581)
1,049 
1,474 
523
642 
2,262 
220 

20,923 

A more detailed analysis of auditor’s remuneration is provided below:

Audit services 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of its annual accounts  
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation – current year    

Non-audit services 
FCA client assets reporting  
Interim review  

2021 
£’000 

2021  
% 

2020 
£’000 

2020 
% 

57 
133 

13 
– 

203 

28 
66 

6 
– 

100 

60 
145 

12 
3 

220 

27 
66 

6 
1 

100 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   Financial statements

81

10. Exceptional items
Certain amounts are disclosed separately in order to present results which are not distorted by significant items of income and expenditure due to their 
nature and materiality.

Changes in fair value of deferred consideration 
Insurance recovery of historical claim against the Group 
Reorganisation and other costs 

2021 
£’000 

31  
–  
388  

419  

2020
£’000

(166) 
(209) 
– 

(375) 

The change in deferred consideration fair value is the impact of revaluing, based on latest financial performance, future amounts due in respect of 
acquired client relationships.

The prior year insurance recovery was a large receipt recovered following completion of arbitration proceedings in respect of a historic claim expensed 
several years before.

In the current year the Group has incurred professional fees and other expenses relating to the actions taken in response to the pandemic, including 
redundancy costs and those relating to the Group reorganisation, and a contractual dispute.

11. Investment revenue 
Investment revenue comprises:

Interest on bank deposits  
Dividends from equity investment  

12. Finance costs 
Finance costs comprises:

Interest on lease liabilities 
Interest on dilapidation provisions 
Interest on overdue liabilities  

13. Staff costs
Particulars of employee costs (including Directors) are as shown below: 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Share incentive plan 
Other employment costs 

2021 
£’000 

2  
8  

10  

2021 
£’000 

(134) 
(2) 
(10) 

(146) 

2021 
£’000 

10,643 
1,074 
94 
879 

12,690 

2020 
£’000 

59 
17 

76 

2020 
£’000 

(157)
(41)
(7)

(205)

2020 
£’000 

10,909 
1,182 
239 
938 

13,268 

Staff costs do not include commissions payable mainly to self-employed account executives, as these costs are included in total commissions payable 
to self-employed certified persons disclosed in note 7. At the end of the year there were 40 certified self-employed account executives (2020: 44). 
Please see page 44 for details of Directors’ remunerations.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

13. Staff costs (continued)
The average number of staff employed during the year was:

Executive Directors 
Certification and approved staff 
Other staff  

The table incorporates the new staff classification under Senior Managers and Certification Regime (“SM&CR”). 

14. Taxation 
The tax charge is based on the loss/profit for the year of continuing operations and comprises:  

UK corporation tax at 19% (2020: 19%) 
Prior year adjustments 
Origination and reversal of timing differences during the current period 

Corporation tax is calculated at 19% (2020: 19%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year.

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the (loss)/profit per the income statement as follows: 

(Loss)/profit before tax 

Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities at the standard rate UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2020: 19%) 

Effects of: 
Tax rate changes for deferred tax 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
Prior year adjustment 
Fixed asset differences 
Other 

2021 
Number 

2020 
Number 

2 
60  
150  

212 

2021 
£’000 

96 
111 
(63) 

144 

2021 
£’000 

(114) 

(22) 

– 
22 
111 
63 
(30) 

144 

2 
60 
156 

218

2020 
£’000 

328 
(16)
(67)

245 

2020 
£’000 

963 

183 

(15)
7 
(1)
74 
(3)

245 

Current tax has been provided at the rate of 19%. A further reduction in the rate of corporation tax to 17% was due to come into effect from April 
2020, however this planned reduction was cancelled in March 2020 and on 17 March 2020 the 19% rate was again substantively enacted. Deferred 
tax has been provided at 19% (2020: 19%).

The exceptional charge of £419,000 (2020: the exceptional credit of £375,000), disclosed separately on the consolidated income statement, is tax 
deductible to the value of £80,000 (2020: tax chargeable £71,000) of corporation tax. Classifying these credits/costs as exceptional has no effect on 
the tax liability.

In the Spring Budget 2021, the Government announced that from 1 April 2023, the UK corporation tax rate will increase from 19% to 25%. This will 
have a consequential effect on the Group’s future tax charge.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

83

15. Dividends 
When determining the level of proposed dividend in any year a number of factors are taken into account including levels of profitability, future cash 
commitments, investment needs, shareholder expectations and prudent buffers for maintaining an adequate regulatory capital surplus. Amounts 
recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020 of 0.00p (2019: 0.33p) per share 

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2021 of 0.15p (2020: 0.60p) per share 

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2021 of 0.60p (2020: 0.00p) per share  

2021 
£’000 

– 

64 

64 

256 

2020 
£’000 

142 

254 

396 

– 

The proposed final dividends are subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and have not been included as liabilities in these 
financial statements.

16. (Loss)/earnings per share
The calculation of basic (loss)/earnings per share for continuing operations is based on the post-tax loss for the financial year of £258,000  
(2020: post-tax profit of £718,000) and divided by 42,577,328 (2020: 42,577,328) Ordinary Shares of 62/3 pence, being the weighted average number 
of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year.

No dilution to (loss)/earnings per share in the current year or in the prior year.

The calculation of the basic (loss)/earnings per share is based on the following data:

(Loss)/earnings for the purpose of basic (loss)/earnings per share  
being net (loss)/profit attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company 

Number of shares

2021  
£’000  

2020 
£’000 

(258)  

718 

2021  
Number  

2020 
Number 

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share 

42,577,328  

42,577,328

This produced basic loss per share of 0.61 pence (2020: basic earnings per share of 1.69 pence).

17. Goodwill

Cost 
At 1 April 2019 

At 1 April 2020 

At 31 March 2021 

Accumulated impairment 
At 1 April 2019 

At 1 April 2020 
Impaired during the year 

At 31 March 2021 

Carrying amount 

At 31 March 2021 

At 31 March 2020 

£’000 

7,056

7,056 

7,056 

2,668

2,668 
– 

2,668 

4,388 

4,388 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

17. Goodwill (continued)
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash-generating units (“CGUs”) that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination or intangible asset. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:

London York Fund Managers Limited CGU (“London York”) 
Barker Poland Asset Management LLP CGU (“BPAM”) 

2021 
£’000 

2,901 
1,487 

4,388 

2020 
£’000 

2,901 
1,487 

4,388 

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs have been determined based upon value-in-use calculations for the London York CGU and fair value less costs of 
disposal for the BPAM CGU. 

The London York computation was based on discounted five-year cash flow projections and terminal values. The key assumptions for these 
calculations are a pre-tax discount rate of 12%, terminal growth rates of 2% and the expected changes to revenues and costs during the five-year 
projection period based on discussions with senior management, past experience, future expectations in light of anticipated market and economic 
conditions, comparisons with our peers and widely available economic and market forecasts. The pre-tax discount rate is determined by management 
based on current market assessments of the time value of money and risks specific to the London York CGU. The base value-in-use cash flows were 
stress tested for an increase in discount rates to 16% and a 20% fall in net inflows resulting in no impairment.

The discount rate would need to increase to 29% for the London York CGU value-in-use to equal the respective carrying values. Revenues would need 
to fall by £565,000 per annum in present value terms for the London York CGU value-in-use to equal the respective carrying values.

The BPAM CGU recoverable amount was assessed, in accordance with IAS 36, by adopting the higher method of the fair value less cost of disposal 
to determine the recoverable amount (as opposed to the lower value-in-use). The recoverable amount at the year-end calculated for the BPAM CGU, 
determined by the fair value less cost of disposal, exceeded that produced by the value-in-use calculation. The fair value less cost of disposal amounted 
to £5.4 million (2020: £4.7 million) with headroom, after selling costs, of £1.7 million (2020: £0.9 million) after applying price earnings multiples based 
on the average of the Group’s and its peers’ published results. Accordingly, this measurement is classified as fair value hierarchy Level 3 being directly 
based on observable market data. A 30% decrease in BPAM’s profit after tax would result in potential impairment of £11,000. 

18. Other intangible assets   

Cost 
At 1 April 2019 
Additions in the year 

At 1 April 2020 
Reclassification of software as intangibles* 
Additions in the year 

At 31 March 2021 

Amortisation 
At 1 April 2019 
Charge for the year 

At 1 April 2020 
Reclassification of software as intangibles* 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2021 

Carrying amount 

At 31 March 2021 

At 31 March 2020 

Software 
licences 
£’000 

Client lists 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

10,568 
48

10,616
2,783 
149 

10,524 
48 

10,572 
– 
93 

10,665 

13,548

3,290 
600 

3,890 
– 
633 

4,523 

6,142 

6,682 

3,306 
609 

3,915
2,230 
837 

6,982 

6,566 

6,701 

44 
– 

44 
2,783 
56 

2,883 

16 
9 

25 
2,230 
204 

2,459 

424 

19 

*   The cost and accumulated depreciation of software assets were reclassified as intangible assets from property, plant and equipment. There was no impact to the 

Consolidated Income Statement in the current or prior years.

The intangible assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives in order to determine amortisation rates. “Client lists” are assessed on a client-by-
client basis and are amortised over periods of three to twenty years and “Software Licences” are amortised over five years. There are no indications 
that the value attributable to client lists should be impaired.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

85

19. Property, plant and equipment

Owned fixed assets 

Cost 
1 April 2019 
Disposal of fully depreciated assets 
Additions 

1 April 2020 
Reclassification of assets* 
Reclassification of software as intangibles**   
Additions 

At 31 March 2021 

Accumulated depreciation 
1 April 2019 
Reclassification of depreciation charge on IFRS 16 reclassified assets 
Charge for the year 

1 April 2020 
Reclassification of assets* 
Reclassification of software as intangibles**   
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2021 

Carrying amount 

At 31 March 2021 

At 31 March 2020 

Leasehold 
improvements,
furniture and  
equipment 
£’000 

Computer 
software 
£’000 

Computer
hardware 
£’000 

2,568 
(58) 
283 

2,793 
(10) 
(2,783) 
– 

1,359 
– 
76 

1,435 
126 
– 
21 

– 

1,582 

2,042 
(6) 
265 

2,301 
(71) 
(2,230) 
– 

– 

1,219 
– 
148 

1,367 
47 
– 
77 

1,491 

Total
£’000

6,661 
(58)
458 

7,061 
(5)
(2,783)
75 

4,348 

4,141 
(6)
596

4,731 
(5)
(2,230)
375

2,871 

– 

492 

91 

68 

1,477 

2,330 

2,734 
– 
99 

2,833 
(121) 
– 
54 

2,766 

880 
– 
183 

1,063 
19 
– 
298 

1,380 

1,386 

1,770 

*  Adjustments were made in the year to reclassify assets more appropriately between asset classes. The net impact of these adjustments in asset costs and accumulated 

depreciation was nil and did not require changes or corrections to depreciation policy.

**  The cost and accumulated depreciation of software assets were reclassified as intangible assets from property, plant and equipment. There was no impact to the 

Consolidated Income Statement in the current or prior years. 

20. Right-of-use assets

Cost
1 April 2020 
Additions 

At 31 March 2021 

Accumulated depreciation 
1 April 2020 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2021 

Carrying amount 

At 31 March 2021 

At 31 March 2020 

Offices  
£’000 

4,601  
– 

4,601 

660  
659 

1,319  

3,282  

3,941  

Computer 
software 
£’000 

Computer
hardware 
£’000 

533 
211 

744  

187 
282 

469 

275 

346 

95  
–  

95 

20 
20 

40 

55 

75 

Total
£’000

5,229
211

5,440

867
961 

1,828

3,612

4,362

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

21. Investments – fair value through profit or loss
Non-current asset investments

At 31 March 2019 

At 31 March 2020 

Disposals in the period  

Change in value in the period 

At 31 March 2021 

Investments 
at fair value 
through 
profit or loss 
£’000 

51 

51 

(11) 

(3) 

37 

Total
£’000

51 

51

(11)

(3)

37 

The Group’s investments include £37,000 unregulated collective investment scheme (“UCIS”) investments held in relation to a number of customer 
complaints (see note 27 for current provisions made against customer complaints). 

Current asset investments

Trading investments 
Investments – fair value through profit or loss 

As at  
31 March 
2021 
£’000 

As at
31 March
2020 
£’000 

920 

638 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss represent investments in equity securities and collectives that present the Group with opportunity for 
return through dividend income, interest and trading gains. The fair values of these securities are based on quoted market prices.

The following provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 
based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Group’s 

financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss under current assets fall within this category;

  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or 
liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). The Group does not hold financial instruments in this category; and
  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on 

observable market data (unobservable inputs). The Group’s financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss under non-current assets fall 
within this category.

At 31 March 2021 
Financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss  

At 31 March 2020 
Financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss 

Level 1 
£’000 

Level 2 
£’000 

Level 3 
£’000 

Total
£’000 

920 

638 

– 

– 

37 

51 

957 

689 

Further IFRS 13 disclosures have not been presented here as the balance represents 1.277% (2020: 1.336%) of total assets. There were no transfers of 
investments between any of the levels of hierarchy during the year.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

87

22. Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Due from clients, brokers and recognised stock exchanges at amortised cost 
Other debtors at amortised cost 
Prepayments and accrued income 

23. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash deposits held at bank, repayable on demand without penalty  

2021 
£’000 

40,633 
2,447 
6,018 

49,098 

2021 
£’000 

8,855 

8,855 

2020 
£’000 

16,184 
2,380 
5,951 

24,515 

2020 
£’000 

8,609 

8,609 

Cash and cash equivalents do not include deposits of client monies placed by the Group with banks and building societies in segregated client bank 
accounts (free money and settlement accounts). All such deposits are designated by the banks and building societies as clients’ funds and are not 
available to satisfy any liabilities of the Group. 

The amount of such net deposits which are not included in the consolidated statement of financial position at 31 March 2021 was £274,145,000 
(2020: £305,300,000).

The credit quality of banks holding the Group’s cash at 31 March 2021 is analysed below with reference to credit ratings awarded by Fitch.

A+ 
A 
AA- 
A- 
Unrated or held in cash 

24. Deferred tax liability

At 1 April 2019 
Use of loss brought forward  
Debit to the income statement  

At 1 April 2020 

Use of loss brought forward  
Debit to the income statement  

At 31 March 2021 

2021 
£’000 

5,256 
– 
3,337 
25 
237 

8,855 

Short-term
temporary
differences
and other 
£’000 

Capital 
allowances 
£’000 

13 
– 
(78) 

(65) 

– 
(59) 

(124) 

(330) 
78 
(18) 

(270) 

32 
(38) 

(276) 

2020 
£’000 

5,221 
1,829 
– 
1,558 
1 

8,609 

Total 
£’000 

(317)
78 
(96)

(335)

32 
(97)

(400)

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future 
taxable profits is probable. The Group did not recognise deferred income tax assets of £11,000 (2020: £nil) in respect of losses amounting to  
£58,000 (2020: £nil) that can be carried forward against future taxable income. Losses amounting to £nil (2020: £nil) and £nil (2020: nil) expire  
in 2020 and 2021, respectively.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

25. Financial instruments and risk profile
Financial risk management
Procedures and controls are in place to identify, assess and ultimately control the financial risks faced by the Group arising from its use of financial 
instruments. Steps are taken to mitigate identified risks with established and effective procedures and controls, efficient systems and the adequate 
training of staff.

The Group’s risk appetite, along with the procedures and controls mentioned above, are laid out in the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process document prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority (“the FCA”).

The overall risk appetite for the Group is considered by Management to be low, despite operating in a marketplace where financial risk is inherent in 
investment management and financial services. 

The Group considers its financial risks arising from its use of financial instruments to fall into three main categories:

(i)  credit risk;
(ii)  liquidity risk; and
(iii) market risk.

Financial risk management is a central part of the Group’s strategic management which recognises that an effective risk management programme 
can increase a business’s chances of success and reduce the possibility of failure. Continual assessment, monitoring and updating of procedures and 
benchmarks are all essential parts of the Group’s risk management strategy.

(i) Credit risk management practices
The Group’s credit risk is the risk of loss through default by a counterparty and, accordingly, the Group’s definition of default is primarily attributable 
to its trade receivables or pledged collateral which is the risk that a client, market counterparty or recognised stock exchange will be unable to pay 
amounts to settle a trade in full when due. Other credit risks, such as free delivery of securities or cash, are not deemed to be significant. Significant 
changes in the economy or a particular sector could result in losses that are different from those that the Group has provided for at the year-end date.

All financial assets at the year-end were assessed for credit impairment and no material amounts have arisen having evaluated the age of overdue 
debtors, the quality of recourse to third parties and the availability of mitigation through the disposal of liquid collateral in the form of marketable 
securities. The Group’s write-off policy is driven by the historic dearth of instances where material irrecoverable losses have been incurred. Where the 
avenues of recourse and mitigation outlined above have not been successful, the outstanding balance, or residual balance if sale proceeds do not fully 
cover an exposure, will be written off.

The Board is responsible for oversight of the Group’s credit risk. The Group accepts a limited exposure to credit risk but aims to mitigate and minimise 
the risk through various methods. There is no material concentrated credit risk as the exposures are spread across a substantial number of clients and 
counterparties.

Trade receivables (includes settlement balances)
Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment of cash or transfer of a security is made in the expectation of a corresponding delivery of a 
security or receipt of cash. Settlement balances arise with clients, market counterparties and recognised stock exchanges.

In the vast majority of cases, control of the stock purchased will remain with the Group until client monetary balances are fully settled.

Where there is an absence of securities collateral, clients are usually required to hold sufficient funds in their managed deposit account prior to the 
trade being conducted. Holding significant amounts of client money helps the Group to manage credit risks arising with clients. Many of our clients also 
hold significant amounts of stock and other securities in our nominee subsidiary company, providing additional security should a specific transaction 
fail to be settled and the proceeds of such securities disposed of can be used to settle all outstanding obligations.

In addition, the client side of settlement balances are normally fully guaranteed by our commission-sharing certified persons who conduct transactions 
and manage the relationships with our mutual clients.

Exposures to market counterparties also arise in the settlement of trades or when collateral is placed with them to cover open trading positions. Market 
counterparties are usually other FCA-regulated firms and are considered creditworthy, some reliance being placed on the fact that other regulated 
firms would be required to meet the stringent capital adequacy requirements of the FCA.

Maximum exposure to credit risk:

Cash 
Trade receivables 
Other debtors 
Accrued interest income 

2021 
£’000 

8,855 
40,633 
2,447 
55 

51,990 

2020
£’000 

8,609 
16,184 
2,380 
56 

27,229 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

89

An ageing analysis of the Group’s financial assets is presented in the following table:

At 31 March 2021  

Trade receivables  
Cash and cash equivalent  
Other debtors 
Accrued interest income  

Current 
£’000 

39,634  
8,855 
2,291 
55 

50,835 

0-1 
month 
£’000 

932 
– 
2 
– 

934 

2-3 
months 
£’000 

Over 3 
months 
£’000 

33 
– 
24 
– 

57 

34  
– 
130 
– 

164 

Carrying
value 
£’000 

40,633 
8,855 
2,447 
55 

51,990 

Expected credit loss
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade 
receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and contract assets are grouped based on 
similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade receivables for similar types of contracts.

As noted in principal risks on page 24, the Group undertakes a daily assessment of credit risk which includes monitoring of client and counterparty 
exposure and credit limits. New clients are individually assessed for their creditworthiness using external ratings where available and all institutional 
relationships are monitored at regular intervals.

As at 31 March 2021, the Directors of the Company reviewed and assessed the Group’s existing assets for impairment using the IFRS 9 simplified 
approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables and contract assets and no additional 
impairments have been recognised on application and no material defaults are anticipated within the next twelve months.

Concentration of credit risk
In addition, daily risk management procedures to actively monitor disproportionately large trades by a customer or market counterparty are in place. 
The financial standing, pattern of trading, type and size of security or instrument traded are amongst the factors taken into consideration.

(ii) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due.

Historically, sufficient underlying cash has been prevalent in the business for many years as the Group is normally cash-generative. The risk of 
unexpected large cash outflows could arise where large amounts are being settled daily of which only a fraction forms the commission earned by the 
Group. This could be due to clients settling late or bad deliveries to the market or CREST, also resulting in a payment delay from the market side.

The Group’s policy with regard to liquidity risk is to carefully monitor balance sheet structure and borrowing limits, including:

  monitoring of cash positions on a daily basis;
  exercising strict control over the timely settlement of trade debtors; and
  exercising strict control over the timely settlement of market debtors and creditors.

The Group holds its cash and cash equivalents spread across a number of highly rated financial institutions. All cash and cash equivalents are short-
term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash without penalty.

All the regulated Group subsidiaries are subject to the provisions of FCA Liquidity standards if they are within the scope of the rules in the FCA 
Handbook chapter IFPRU 7.

The table below analyses the Group’s cash outflow based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date.

2021 

Trade and other payables 

2020 

Trade and other payables 

Less than
1 year 
£’000 

47,395 

47,395 

Total 
£’000 

47,395

47,395 

22,750 

22,750 

22,750 

22,750 

Future contractual undiscounted cash flows for deferred cash consideration amount to £46,000, which is within current liabilities, and £33,000, which 
is within long-term liabilities.

(iii) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices such as foreign exchange rates or equity prices, on financial assets and liabilities will affect the 
Group’s results. They relate to price risk on fair value through profit or loss trading investments and are subject to ongoing monitoring.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

25. Financial instruments and risk profile (continued)
Fair value of financial instruments
The fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are not materially different from their carrying values as they are valued at their realisable 
values. The Group’s financial assets that are classed as current asset and non-current asset investments (fair value through profit or loss) have been 
revalued at 31 March 2021 using closing market prices.

A 10% fall in global equity markets would, in isolation, result in a pre-tax decrease to net assets of £92,000 (2020: £63,800). A 10% rise would have  
an equal and opposite effect.

The impact of foreign exchange and interest rate risk is not material and is therefore not presented.

26. Trade and other payables

Amounts owed to clients, brokers and recognised stock exchanges 
Other creditors 
Contract liability 
Accrued expenses 

2021 
£’000 

39,951 
3,059 
28 
4,357 

47,395 

2020
£’000 

15,167 
3,548 
3 
4,032 

22,750 

Trade creditors and accruals comprise amounts outstanding for investment-related transactions, to customers or counterparties, and ongoing costs. 
The average credit period taken for purchases in relation to costs is 14 days (2020: 10 days). The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade 
payables approximates to their fair value.

27. Provisions 
Provisions included in other current liabilities and long-term liabilities are made up as follows:

At start of year  
Additions  
Utilisation of provision  

At 31 March 2021  

Claims/ 
complaints 
£’000 

178 
55 
(28) 

205 

Dilapi- 
dations 
£’000 

659 
16 
– 

675 

Total 
£’000 

837 
71 
(28)

880 

Claims/complaints
These provisions relate to outstanding claims and complaints from third parties which, in the opinion of the Board, need providing for after taking into 
account the risks and uncertainties surrounding each claim or complaint. The timing of these settlements is unknown but it is expected that they will be 
resolved within twelve months.

Dilapidations
The Group, based on revised estimates, has made an additional provision of £16,000 (including interest) for dilapidations in connection with acquired 
leasehold premises (2020: total additional provision of £117,000). These costs are expected to arise at the end of each respective lease. Provisions for 
dilapidations payable on leases after more than one year amounted to £675,000.

The Group had six leased properties, all of which had contractual dilapidation requirements. The dilapidation provisions in relation to these leases 
range from net present values as at the year-end of £10,000 to £530,000 per lease.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

91

28. Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities  

At 1 April 2020 
Additions 
Interest 
Lease payments 

At 31 March 2021 

Lease liabilities profile (statement of financial position) 

Amounts due within one year 
Amounts due after more than one year 

Undiscounted lease maturity analysis 

Within one year 
Between one and two years 
Between two and five years 
Over five years 

Total undiscounted lease liabilities 

29. Called-up share capital

Called-up, allotted and fully paid 
43,327,328 (2020: 43,327,328) Ordinary Shares of 62/3p each   

Offices 
£’000 

4,209  
– 
123 
(846) 

3,486  

Computer 
software 
£’000 

Computer 
hardware 
£’000 

306 
212 
9 
(266) 

261 

74 
– 
2 
(21) 

55 

2021 
£’000 

946  
2,856 

3,802 

2021 
£’000 

1,069 
266 
3,898  
65 

5,298 

Total
£’000

4,589 
212 
134 
(1,133)

3,802

2020
£’000 

969 
3,620 

4,589 

2020
£’000 

1,099 
942 
2,643 
1,496 

6,180 

2021 
£’000 

2020 
£’000 

2,888 

2,888 

The Group’s Articles were amended in 2010 since when there has been no authorised share capital. Shareholders have no restrictions on their 
holdings except for certain investment managers who were awarded shares in the Group soon after joining as part of the consideration for their client 
relationships. These holdings cannot be sold for a period of four to six years from commencement date. 

The following movements in share capital occurred during the year:

At 1 April 2020 

At 31 March 2021 

Number of  
shares 

43,327,328 

43,327,328 

Share 
capital 
£’000 

2,888 

2,888 

Share
premium 
£’000 

3,763 

3,763 

Total
£’000 

6,651 

6,651 

The Group’s capital is defined for accounting purposes as total equity. As at 31 March 2021, this totalled £22,322,000 (2020: £22,644,000).

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to:

  safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other 

stakeholders;

  maintain a strong capital base to support the development of the business;
  optimise the distribution of capital across the Group’s subsidiaries, reflecting the requirements of each company;
  strive to make capital freely transferable across the Group where possible; and
  comply with regulatory requirements at all times.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

Notes to the accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

29. Called-up share capital (continued)
Walker Crips Group plc is classified for capital purposes as an investment management group and performs an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process (“ICAAP”), which is presented to the FCA on request. Regulatory capital resources for ICAAP purposes are calculated in accordance with 
published rules. These require certain adjustments to and certain deductions from accounting capital, the latter largely in respect of intangible assets. 
The ICAAP compares regulatory capital resources against regulatory capital requirements derived using the FCA’s Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 methodology. 

The Group has adopted the standardised approach to calculating its Pillar 1 credit risk component and the basic indicator approach to calculating its 
operational risk component. Capital management policy and practices are applied at both Group and entity level.

In addition to a variety of stress tests performed as part of the ICAAP process, and daily reporting in respect of treasury activity, capital levels are 
monitored and forecast to ensure that dividends and investment requirements are appropriately managed and appropriate buffers are kept against 
adverse business conditions.

Regulatory capital
No breaches were reported to the FCA during the financial years ended 31 March 2021 and 2020.

Treasury shares
The Group holds 750,000 of its own shares, purchased for total cash consideration of £312,000. In line with the principles of IAS 32 these treasury 
shares have been deducted from equity (note 30). No gain or loss has been recognised in the income statement in relation to these shares.

30. Reserves
Apart from share capital and share premium, the Group holds reserves at 31 March 2021 under the following categories:

Own shares held

(£312,000) (2020: (£312,000))

  the negative balance of the Group’s own shares, which have 

Retained earnings

£11,260,000 (2020: £11,582,000)

Other reserves

£4,723,000 (2020: £4,723,000)

been bought back and held in treasury.

  the net cumulative earnings of the Group, which have not been 
paid out as dividends, are retained to be reinvested in our core, 
or developing, companies. 

  the cumulative premium on the issue of shares as deferred 
consideration for corporate acquisitions £4,612,000 (2020: 
£4,612,000) and non-distributable reserve into which amounts 
are transferred following the redemption or purchase of the 
Group’s own shares £111,000 (2020: £111,000).

31. Cash generated by operations

Operating profit for the year 
Adjustments for: 
Amortisation of intangibles 
Changes in the fair value of deferred consideration 
Net change in fair value of financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss* 
Share of associate/joint venture after tax result 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
(Increase)/decrease in debtors** 
Increase/(decrease) in creditors** 

Change in working capital as a result of net effects of acquiring a subsidiary and disposal of a joint venture
De recognition of joint venture asset now fully acquired 
Trade and other payables 
Trade and other receivables 

2021 
£’000 

22 

837 
31 
(362) 
(66) 
375 
961 
(24,572) 
24,580 

– 
– 
– 

2020
£’000

1,092 

609 
(166) 
367 
11 
590 
867 
11,044 
(10,884)

(44)
(12)
9 

Net cash inflow 

1,806 

3,483 

*  Revaluation (profit)/loss on proprietary positions. 
**  £8,000 cash inflow from working capital movement (2020: £160,000).

32. Financial commitments 
Capital commitments
At the end of the year, there were capital commitments of £nil (2020: £nil) contracted but not provided for and £nil (2020: £nil) capital commitments 
authorised but not contracted for.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

93

33. Related parties 
Directors and their close family members have dealt on standard commercial terms with the Group. The commission and fees earned by the Group 
included in revenue through such dealings is as follows:

Commission and fees received from Directors and their close family members 

2021 
£’000 

15 

2020 
£’000 

14 

Other related parties include Charles Russell Speechlys, of which Martin Wright, Chairman, is a Partner. Charles Russell Speechlys provides certain legal 
services to the Group on normal commercial terms and the amount paid and expensed during the year (including the fees paid to the firm for Mr. 
Wright’s services as Director) was £154,000 (2020: £84,000).

Commission of £7,587 (2020: £4,746) was earned by the Group from Phillip Securities (HK) Limited (a Phillip Brokerage Pte Limited company, where  
Hua Min Lim is a shareholder) having dealt on standard commercial terms. Additionally, some custody services are provided by Phillip Securities Pte Ltd  
(in Singapore, where Hua Min Lim is a Director), again all on standard commercial terms, both these items being included in revenue. Transactions 
between the Group and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are accordingly not disclosed. 
Remuneration of the Directors who are the key Management personnel of the Group are disclosed in the table below.

Key management personnel compensation   
Short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payment 

2021 
£’000 

2020 
£’000 

432 
31 
– 

463 

446 
34 
7 

487 

34. Contingent liability
From time to time, the Group receives complaints or undertakes past business reviews, the outcomes of which remain uncertain and/or cannot be 
reliably quantified based upon information available and circumstances falling outside the Group’s control. Accordingly contingent liabilities arise, the 
ultimate impact of which may also depend upon availability of recoveries under the Group’s indemnity insurance and other contractual arrangements. 
Other than the complaints deemed to be probable, the Directors presently consider a negative outcome to be remote or a reliable estimate of the 
amount of a possible obligation cannot be made. As a result, no disclosure has been made in these financial statements.

35. Subsequent events
There are no material events arising after 31 March 2021, which have an impact on these financial statements.

36. Long-term liabilities – deferred cash consideration 

Amounts due to personnel under recruitment contracts/acquisition agreements  

2021 
£’000 

33 

2020  
£’000

15

These amounts are based on fixed contractual terms and the fair value of the liability approximates carrying value, due to the consistency of the 
prevailing market rate of interest when compared to the inception of liability. During the year, deferred consideration of £46,000 was reclassified  
within other creditors in current liabilities. This liability was a long-term liability of £15,000 in the prior year and was reassessed to a current liability  
of £46,000 in the current year.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94 

Company balance sheet
as at 31 March 2021

Non-current assets 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investments measured at cost less impairment 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Deferred tax asset 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

Net current liabilities 

Long-term liabilities 
Deferred cash consideration 
Dilapidation provisions 
Landlord contribution to leasehold improvements 

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Own shares 
Retained earnings 
Other reserves 

Note 

41 
40 
42 

43 
44 

45 

48 
48 
48 

47 
47 
47 
47 
47 

2021 
£’000  

3,215 
856 
17,775 

21,846 

759 
74 
359 

1,192 

23,038 

(3,162) 

(3,162) 

(1,970) 

– 
– 
(335) 

(335) 

2020
£’000

3,556 
1,420 
17,425 

22,401 

737 
179
141 

1,057 

23,458

(2,363)

(2,363)

(1,306)

(15)
(554)
(398)

(967)

19,541 

20,128 

2,888 
3,763 
(312) 
8,479 
4,723 

2,888 
3,763 
(312)
9,066 
4,723 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company 

19,541 

20,128 

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Parent Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account for the year. 
Walker Crips Group plc reported an after-tax loss for the financial year of £523,000 (2020: £328,000).

The financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc (Company registration no: 01432059) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised  
for issue on 20 August 2021.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors:

Sanath Dandeniya FCCA
Director

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

95

Company statement of changes in equity
year ended 31 March 2021

Called up  
share  
capital  
£’000  

Share 
premium 
account  
£’000  

Equity as at 31 March 2019 

2,888  

3,763  

Total comprehensive loss for the period 

Contributions by and distributions to owners 
Dividends paid 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners 

–  

–  

– 

–  

–  

– 

Own
shares 
held  
£’000  

(312) 

–  

–  

–  

Other  
£’000  

4,723  

–  

–  

– 

Equity as at 31 March 2020 

2,888  

3,763  

(312) 

4,723  

Total comprehensive loss for the period 

Contributions by and distributions to owners 
Dividends paid 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners 

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

Retained 
earnings  
£’000  

9,790  

(328) 

(396) 

(396) 

9,066  

(523) 

(64) 

(64) 

Total
equity 
£’000 

20,852 

(328)

(396)

(396)

20,128 

(523)

(64)

(64)

Equity as at 31 March 2021 

2,888  

3,763  

(312) 

4,723  

8,479 

19,541

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96 

Notes to the Company accounts
year ended 31 March 2021

37. Significant accounting policies 
The separate financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc, the Parent Company, are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for the modification to a fair value basis for certain financial 
instruments as specified in the accounting policies below, and in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard (FRS 102), the Financial Reporting 
Standard applicable in the UK and the Republic of Ireland, and the Companies Act 2006.

The preparation of financial statements in compliance with FRS 102 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
Management to exercise judgement in applying the Parent Company’s accounting policies (see note 38).

The financial statements are presented in the currency of the primary activities of the Parent Company (its functional currency). For the purpose of the 
financial statements, the results and financial position are presented in Sterling (£). The principal accounting policies have been summarised below. 
They have all been applied consistently throughout the year and the preceding year.

The Parent Company has chosen to adopt the disclosure exemption in relation to the preparation of a cash flow statement under FRS 102.

Going concern
After conducting enquiries, the Directors believe that the Parent Company has adequate resources to continue in existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. The Parent Company’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, has been rigorously assessed.

Property, plant and equipment
Fixtures and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and provision for any impairment. Depreciation is charged so as to 
write-off the cost or valuation of assets over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method on the following bases:

Computer hardware 
Computer software 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

331/3% per annum on cost
between 20% and 331/3% per annum on cost
over the term of the lease
33 1/3% per annum on cost

The gain or loss on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the 
asset and is recognised in income. The residual values and estimated useful life of items within property, plant and equipment are reviewed at least at 
each financial year end. Any shortfalls in carrying value are impaired immediately through profit or loss.

Intangible assets
Client lists
Client lists are recognised when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Parent Company and the cost of the asset can be measured 
reliably whilst the risk and rewards have also transferred into the Parent Company’s ownership.

Intangible assets classified as client lists are recognised when acquired as part of a business combination or when separate payments are made to 
acquire clients’ assets by adding teams of investment managers.

The cost of acquired client lists and businesses generating revenue from clients and investment managers are capitalised. These costs are amortised 
on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives of three to twenty years. The amortisation period and amortisation method for intangible assets 
are reviewed at least each financial year end. All intangible assets have a finite useful life.

Impairment of non-financial assets
At each reporting date, the Parent Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any 
indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). If there is an indication of possible impairment, the recoverable amount of 
any affected asset (or group of related assets) is estimated and compared with its carrying amount. If the estimated recoverable amount is lower, the 
carrying amount is reduced to its estimated recoverable amount, and an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and any deferred tax.

Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid or recovered using the tax rates and laws that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Current tax charges arising on the realisation of revaluation gains recognised 
in the statement of comprehensive income are also recorded in this statement.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or 
events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as 
probable that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are not discounted.

Own shares held 
Own shares consist of treasury shares which are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received 
for the sale of treasury shares is also recognised in equity with any difference being taken to retained earnings. No gain or loss is recognised on sale of 
treasury shares.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

97

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the balance sheet when the Parent Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions 
of the instrument. Section 11 of FRS 102 has been applied in classifying financial instruments depending on the nature of the instrument held.

Revenue
Income consists of interest received or accrued over time and dividend income recorded when received.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment. 

Debtors
Other debtors are classified as basic financial instruments and measured at initial recognition at transaction price. Debtors are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. A provision is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to 
collect all amounts due.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand deposits, together with other short-term highly liquid investments, which are readily 
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity 
instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Parent Company after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments 
issued by the Parent Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. 

Leases
Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term even if the payments are not made on such a basis. Benefits 
received as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

38. Key sources of estimation uncertainty and judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting practice requires Management to make estimates and 
judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet 
date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Intangible assets
Acquired client lists are capitalised based on current fair values. By assessing the historic rates of client retention, the ages and succession plans of the 
investment managers who manage the clients and the contractual incentives of the investment managers, the Directors consider a life of up to twenty 
years to be both appropriate and in line with our peers. There were no acquisitions made in the period to 31 March 2021. Additions in the period relate 
to existing client lists and are disclosed in note 41.

39. Loss for the year
Loss for the financial year of £523,000 (2020: £328,000) is after an amount of £57,000 (2020: £60,000) related to the auditor’s remuneration for 
audit services to the Parent Company.

Particulars of employee costs (including Directors) are as shown below. Employee costs during the year amounted to:

Employee costs during the year amounted to: 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other costs 

2021 
£’000 

2020
£’000

147 
12 
3 

162 

170
14
4

188

In the current year, employee costs are those of the Non-Executive Directors, a proportion of Executive Directors and the cost of the Group’s profit 
share scheme. The remaining Executive Directors’ employee costs are borne by Walker Crips Investment Management Limited.

The monthly average number of staff employed during the year was:

Executive Directors 
Non-Executive Directors 

2021 
Number 

2020
Number

2 
4 

6 

2
4

6

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98 

Notes to the Company accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

40. Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 
At 1 April 2020 
Asset transfers on 1 April 2020 * 

At 31 March 2021 

Amortisation 
At 1 April 2020 
Asset transfers on 1 April 2020 * 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2021 

Net book value 

At 31 March 2021 

At 31 March 2020 

Leasehold 
improvements, 
furniture and  
equipment 
£’000 

Computer
software 
£’000 

2,192 
(518) 

1,674 

772 
(106) 
152 

818 

856  

1,420 

858 
– 

858 

858 
– 
– 

858 

– 

– 

Total
£’000

3,050
(518)

2,532

1,630 
(106)
152 

1,676 

856 

1,420 

*   The cost and accumulated depreciation of leasehold property dilapidation assets and liabilities were transferred on 1 April 2020 to subsidiary Walker Crips Investment 

Management Limited to reflect the real obligation of the subsidiary to pay for the future works. The adjustment had no impact on the financial performance or position 
of the Group, in the current year or prior periods, due to the fact that Walker Crips Investment Management Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary.

41. Other intangible assets

Cost 
At 1 April 2020 

At 31 March 2021 

Amortisation 
At 1 April 2020 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2021 

Net book value 

At 31 March 2021 

At 31 March 2020 

Client lists 
£’000 

5,076 

5,076 

1,520 
341 

1,861 

3,215 

3,556 

Total
£’000

5,076

5,076

1,520 
341 

1,861

3,215 

3,556 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

99

42. Investments measured at cost less impairment

Subsidiary undertakings 

2021 
£’000 

17,775 

2020
£’000

17,425

During the year, the Company subscribed to a further 349,999 new shares in its subsidiary EnOC Technologies Limited, a 100% owned subsidiary,  
for consideration of £349,999.

A complete list of subsidiary undertakings can be found in note 53.

43. Trade and other receivables 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Other debtors 

2021 
£’000 

751 
8 
– 

759 

2020
£’000

436 
8 
293 

737 

A presentational change was made in this note to exclude the deferred tax asset from this grouping and to present it in its own line on the face of the 
statement of financial position. The deferred tax asset is presented separately in note 44.

44. Deferred taxation

At 1 April 
Use of Group Relief 
(Charge)/credit to the income statement 

At 31 March 

2021 
£’000 

179 
(40) 
(65) 

74 

2020
£’000

224 
(86) 
41 

179 

A further reduction in the rate of corporation tax to 17% was due to come into effect from April 2020, however this planned reduction was cancelled  
in March 2020 and on 17 March 2020 the 19% rate was again substantively enacted. Deferred tax has been provided at 19% (2020: 19%).

In the Spring Budget 2021, the Government announced that from 1 April 2023, the UK corporation tax rate will increase from 19% to 25%. This will 
have a consequential effect on the Company’s future tax charge.

45. Trade and other payables

Accruals and deferred income 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 
Other creditors 

2021 
£’000 

142 
2,730 
290 

3,162 

2020
£’000

99 
2,195 
69 

2,363 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100 

Notes to the Company accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

46. Risk management policies
Procedures and controls are in place to identify, assess and ultimately control the financial risks faced by the Parent Company arising from its use of 
financial instruments. Steps are taken to mitigate identified risks with established and effective procedures and controls, efficient systems and the 
adequate training of staff.

The Parent Company’s risk appetite, along with the procedures and controls mentioned above, are laid out in the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process document prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”).

The overall risk appetite for the Parent Company and for the Group as a whole is considered by Management to be low, despite operating in a market-
place where financial risk is inherent in the core businesses of investment management and financial services.

The Group considers its financial risks arising from its use of financial instruments to fall into three main categories:

(i)  credit risk;
(ii)  liquidity risk; and
(iii) market risk.

Further information on the disclosures and policies carried out by the Parent Company and the Group are made in note 25 of the consolidated financial 
statements.

(i) Credit risk
Maximum exposure to credit risk:

Cash 
Other debtors 

As at 31 March 

2021 
£’000 

359 
– 

359 

The credit quality of banks holding the Group’s cash at 31 March 2021 is analysed below with reference to credit ratings awarded by Fitch.

A 
A+ 
AA- 

As at 31 March 

Analysis of other debtors due from financial institutions:

Neither past due, nor impaired 

Amounts past due, but not impaired 

< 30 days 
> 30 days 
> 3 months 

2021 
£’000 

– 
359 
– 

359 

2021 
£’000 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

2020
£’000

141 
293 

434 

2020
£’000

11 
– 
130 

141 

2020
£’000

293 

– 
– 
– 

293 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

101

(ii) Liquidity risk
The tables below analyse the Parent Company’s future undiscounted cash outflows based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date:

Creditors due within one year 
Creditors due after more than one year 

As at 31 March 

Within one year 
Within two to five years 
After more than five years 

As at 31 March 

2021 
£’000 

3,162 
– 

3,162 

2021 
£’000 

3,162 
– 
– 

3,162 

2020
£’000

2,363 
569 

2,932 

2020
£’000

2,363 
15 
554 

2,932 

(iii) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices such as foreign exchange rates or equity prices will affect the Group’s income.

These relate to price risk breached on available-for-sale and trading investments and closely monitored using limits to prevent significant losses.

Fair value of financial instruments
No financial instruments at fair value were held by the Parent Company in the current or prior financial year.

47. Called-up share capital

Called-up, allotted and fully paid 
43,327,328 (2020: 43,327,328) Ordinary Shares of 62/3p each   

No new shares were issued in the year to 31 March 2021 or the prior year.

2021 
£’000 

2020
£’000

2,888 

2,888 

The Parent Company holds 750,000 of its own shares, purchased for a total cash consideration of £312,000. In line with the principles of FRS 102, 
section 11, these treasury shares have been deducted from equity. No gain or loss has been recognised in the profit and loss account in relation to 
these shares.

The following movements in share capital occurred during the year:

At 1 April 2020 

At 31 March 2021 

Number 
of shares 

43,327,328 

43,327,328 

Share 
capital 
£’000 

2,888 

2,888 

Share
premium 
£’000 

3,763 

3,763 

Total
£’000

6,651 

6,651 

Walker Crips is classified for capital purposes as an Investment Management group and performs an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process 
(“ICAAP”), which is presented to the FCA on request. Regulatory capital resources for ICAAP purposes are calculated in accordance with published 
rules. These require certain adjustments to and certain deductions from accounting capital, the latter largely in respect of intangible assets. The ICAAP 
compares regulatory capital resources against regulatory capital requirements derived using the FCA’s Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 methodology. The Group has 
adopted the standardised approach to calculating its Pillar 1 credit risk component and the basic indicator approach to calculating its operational risk 
component. Capital management policy and practices are applied at both Group and entity level.

In addition to a variety of stress tests performed as part of the ICAAP process, and daily reporting in respect of treasury activity, capital levels are 
monitored and forecast to ensure that dividends and investment requirements are appropriately managed and appropriate buffers are kept against 
adverse business conditions.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102 

Notes to the Company accounts (continued)
year ended 31 March 2021

47. Called-up share capital (continued)
Apart from share capital and share premium, the Parent Company holds reserves at 31 March 2021 under the following categories: 

Own shares held

(£312,000) (2020: (£312,000))

  the negative balance of the Parent Company’s own shares that 

Retained earnings

£8,479,000 (2020: £9,066,000)

Other reserves

£4,723,000 (2020: £4,723,000)

have been bought back and held in treasury.

  the net cumulative earnings of the Parent Company, which have 
not paid out as dividends, retained to be reinvested in our core 
or new business. 

  the cumulative premium on the issue of shares as deferred 
consideration for corporate acquisitions £4,612,000 (2020: 
£4,612,000) and non-distributable reserve into which amounts 
are transferred following the redemption or purchase of the 
Group’s own shares £111,000 (2020: £111,000).

48. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Dilapidation provision 
Landlord contribution to leasehold improvements 
Deferred cash consideration 

2021 
£’000 

– 
335 
– 

335 

2020
£’000

554 
398 
15 

967 

The cost and accumulated depreciation of leasehold property dilapidation assets and liabilities were transferred on 1 April 2020 to subsidiary  
Walker Crips Investment Management Limited to reflect the real obligation of the subsidiary to pay for the future works. The adjustment had no 
impact on the financial performance or position of the Group, in the current year or prior periods, due to the fact that Walker Crips Investment 
Management Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary.

During the year, deferred consideration of £46,000 was reclassified within other creditors in current liabilities. This liability was a long-term liability  
of £15,000 in the prior year and was reassessed to a current liability of £46,000 in the current year.

49. Financial commitments 
Capital commitments
At the end of the year, there were capital commitments of £nil (2020: £nil) contracted but not provided for and £nil (2020: £nil) capital commitments 
authorised but not contracted for.

Lease commitments
The annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases fall due as follows:

Within one year 
Within two to five years 
More than five years 

2021 
£’000 

– 
– 
– 

2020
£’000

765 
2,616 
1,390 

As part of a review of Group-wide assets and lease commitments, it was the view of the Directors that the lease commitments previously disclosed  
in this Company in fact belong in the Company’s subsidiary Walker Crips Investment Management Limited. This is reflected in the individual company 
accounts of the subsidiary. The resulting adjustment to this disclosure has had no impact on profit or loss in either entity.

50. Related party transactions
Key Management are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, controlling and directing the activities of the Parent Company 
and Group. In the opinion of the Board, the Parent Company and Group’s key Management are the Directors of Walker Crips Group plc.

Total compensation to key management personnel is £463,000 (2020: £487,000).

51. Contingent liability
From time to time, the Company receives complaints or undertakes past business reviews, the outcomes of which remain uncertain and/or cannot 
be reliably quantified based upon information available and circumstances falling outside the Company’s control. Accordingly contingent liabilities 
arise, the ultimate impact of which may also depend upon availability of recoveries under the Company’s indemnity insurance and other contractual 
arrangements. Other than the complaints deemed to be probable, the Directors presently consider a negative outcome to be remote or a reliable 
estimate of the amount of a possible obligation cannot be made. As a result, no disclosure has been made in these financial statements.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

103

52. Subsequent events 
There are no material events arising after 31 March 2021, which have an impact on these financial statements.

53. Subsidiaries and associates

Principal place 
of business 

Principal activity 

Class and percentage
of shares held

Group 

Trading subsidiaries 

Walker Crips Investment Management Limited1  United Kingdom 

Investment management 

London York Fund Managers Limited3 

United Kingdom 

Management services 

Walker Crips Wealth Management Limited3 

United Kingdom 

Financial services advice 

Ebor Trustees Limited3 

United Kingdom 

Pensions management 

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

EnOC Technologies Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Financial regulation and other software 

Ordinary Shares 100%

Barker Poland Asset Management LLP1 

United Kingdom 

Investment management 

Membership 100%

Non-trading subsidiaries 

Walker Crips Financial Services Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Financial services 

G & E Investment Services Limited3 

United Kingdom 

Holding company 

Ebor Pensions Management Limited3 

United Kingdom 

Dormant company 

Investorlink Limited1 

Walker Cambria Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Agency stockbroking 

United Kingdom 

Dormant company 

Walker Crips Trustees Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Dormant company 

W.B. Nominees Limited2 

United Kingdom 

Nominee company 

WCWB (PEP) Nominees Limited2 

United Kingdom 

Nominee company 

WCWB (ISA) Nominees Limited2 

United Kingdom 

Nominee company 

WCWB Nominees Limited2 

United Kingdom 

Nominee company 

Walker Crips Consultants Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Dormant company 

Walker Crips Ventures Limited3 

United Kingdom 

Financial services advice 

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Associate 

Walker Crips Property Income Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Holding company 

Ordinary Shares 33.3%

The registered office for companies and associated undertakings is:

1   Old Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London, England, EC4V 4BJ.
2   St James House, 27-43 Eastern Road, Romford, Essex, England, RM1 3NH.
3   Apollo House, Eboracum Way, York, England, YO31 7RE.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104 

Notice of Annual General Meeting
of Walker Crips Group plc (the “Company”)

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION. If you are in any doubt as to what action you should take, you 
are recommended to seek your own financial advice from your stockbroker or other independent adviser authorised under the Financial Services and 
Markets Act 2000.

If you have sold or transferred all of your shares in Walker Crips Group plc, please forward this document, together with the accompanying documents, 
as soon as possible either to the purchaser or transferee or to the person who arranged the sale or transfer so they can pass these documents to the 
person who now holds the shares.

Important information regarding Annual General Meeting arrangements in light of the  
Coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak
Although the Company is holding this year’s Annual General Meeting of the Company (the “Meeting”) as a physical meeting, the Board of Directors 
understands that some shareholders may be unwilling or unable to attend in person in the light of restrictions on travel and potential health concerns. 
Therefore, as well as the ability to attend in person, shareholders will be able to view the proceedings by way of video link. Please note that shareholders 
using the video link option will not formally be in attendance at the Meeting and so will not be able to vote using this facility. Therefore, shareholders 
who wish to use the video link facility are encouraged to vote in advance by proxy. In addition, because of the possibility that COVID-19 restrictions 
are re-imposed or extended in the period from the date of this notice of Meeting and the date of the Meeting itself, all shareholders are encouraged 
to vote in advance by proxy. Voting in advance by proxy will not preclude a shareholder from attending in person. If the Company is required to restrict 
attendance to the Meeting following the date of this notice it will make an appropriate RNS announcement.

Shareholders who wish to follow proceedings via video link must inform the Company Secretary of their wish to do so and provide an email address to 
which personalised electronic attendance details will then be sent. Notice of attendance may be given to the Company Secretary by way of post to Old 
Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London, England, EC4V 4BJ or by email to CoSec@wcgplc.co.uk. Notification of attendance must be received 
by the Company by no later than 11.00 a.m. on 24 September 2021. Shareholders who have notified the Company that they wish to use the video link 
will be provided personalised access details by email to the address provided by them on 27 September 2021.

Questions prior to and at the Annual General Meeting
If you would like to pose a question, you can do so in advance by emailing your question to CoSec@wcgplc.co.uk. Please ensure that you submit your 
questions by 11.00 a.m. on 24 September 2021. Following the Meeting, the Company will publish details of the business conducted at the Meeting, 
including responses to selected questions received, on its website at www.wcgplc.co.uk.

Voting at the Annual General Meeting
Shareholders can vote on the resolutions to be put to the Meeting by completing, signing and returning the proxy form on page 111. Given the 
potential for travel and other restrictions (including a restriction on the number of persons who can meet in an indoor location) to be imposed between 
the date of this notice and the Meeting, which may mean the Company cannot hold a fully open Meeting, shareholders are strongly encouraged to 
appoint the Chairman of the Meeting as their proxy to ensure that their vote is counted, rather than a named person who may not be permitted to 
attend the Meeting in person. Voting on all resolutions will be carried out on a poll to ensure that the results reflect the votes received.

If there are any changes to the arrangements for the holding of the Meeting for any reason, the Company will make an appropriate RNS announcement.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

105

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of Walker Crips Group plc (the “Company”) will be held at the registered office of the 
Company, Old Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4BJ on 28 September 2021 at 11.00 a.m. for the following purposes:

As ordinary business
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions, which will be proposed as ordinary resolutions:

1.   To receive and adopt the Directors’ reports and audited financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2021.
2.   To approve the Directors’ remuneration report (excluding the Directors’ remuneration policy set out on pages 49 to 53 of the Directors’ 

remuneration report) for the year ended 31 March 2021.

3.   To approve the Directors’ remuneration policy, the full text of which is set out on pages 49 to 53 of the Directors’ remuneration report for the year 

ended 31 March 2021, which takes immediate effect.

4.   To declare a final dividend of 0.60 pence per Ordinary Share for the year ended 31 March 2021.
5.   To re-elect as a Director Mr. M. Wright.
6.   To re-elect as a Director Mr. S. K. W. Lam.
7.   To re-elect as a Director Mr. S. Dandeniya.
8.   To re-elect as a Director Mr. C. Bouch.
9.   To re-elect as a Director Mr. D. Gelber.
10.  To re-elect as a Director Mr. H. M. Lim.
11.   To re-appoint PKF Littlejohn LLP as auditor of the Company until the conclusion of the next meeting at which accounts are laid.
12.   To authorise the Directors to set the auditor’s remuneration.

As special business
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolution which will be proposed as an ordinary resolution:

13.  That the authority and power conferred upon the Directors to allot shares or to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares 

in accordance with Article 12 of the Company’s Articles of Association shall apply until the earlier of the conclusion of the next Annual General 
Meeting of the Company or the date falling fifteen months from the date of the passing of this resolution and for that period the Section 551 
Amount (as defined in Article 12(B)) shall be £946,162 (equivalent to one third of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) as 
at the date of this notice of meeting). All previous authorities pursuant to Article 12(B) are revoked, subject to Article 12(D).

To consider, and if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions, which will be proposed as special resolutions:

 14. That, subject to the passing of Resolution 13, the authority and power conferred upon the Directors to allot equity securities for cash in accordance 
with Article 12 of the Company’s Articles of Association shall apply until the earlier of the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the 
Company or the date falling fifteen months from the date of the passing of this resolution and for that period the Section 561 Amount (as defined 
in Article 12(C)) shall be £283,488 (equivalent to 10% of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) as at the date of this 
notice of meeting). All previous authorities pursuant to Article 12(C) are revoked, subject to Article 12(D).

15.  That the Company be and is hereby granted pursuant to section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 general and unconditional authority to make 

market purchases (within the meaning of section 693 of the Companies Act 2006) on the London Stock Exchange of Ordinary Shares of 62/3 pence 
each in the capital of the Company (Ordinary Shares) provided that:  

(a)  the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares hereby authorised to be purchased is limited to 10% of the Company’s issued share 

capital then in issue;

(b)  the minimum price which may be paid for any Ordinary Shares is 62/3 pence per Ordinary Share;

(c)  the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for any Ordinary Shares is not more than 5% above the average of the middle 

market quotations for the Ordinary Shares (as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List) for the ten business days before the 
purchase is made;

(d)  the authority hereby conferred shall expire at the earlier of the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date 

falling fifteen months from the date of the passing of this resolution; and

(e)  the Company may make a contract or contracts to purchase Ordinary Shares under the authority hereby conferred prior to the expiry of such 
authority which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority, and may make a purchase of Ordinary Shares 
pursuant to any such contract or contracts. This resolution shall confer on the Directors all rights for the Company to make any such market 
purchase of the Company’s own shares as are required under the terms of Article 11(B).

 16. That the Company be authorised to call a general meeting of the shareholders, other than an Annual General Meeting, on not less than fourteen 

clear days’ notice.

By order of the Board

Rod Goddard
Secretary

6 September 2021

Walker Crips Group plc
Old Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London, England, EC4V 4BJ

Reg No. 01432059

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
106 

Notice of Annual General Meeting (continued)

Notes on resolutions
The following paragraphs explain, in summary, the resolutions to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting (the “Meeting”). Your vote is important to 
the Company and all shareholders are encouraged to vote on all shareholder matters.

The Board considers that all resolutions proposed are likely to promote the success of the Company and are in the best interests of the Company and 
its shareholders as a whole. Your Board unanimously recommends that shareholders vote in favour of them.

Resolution 1: Receipt of the 2021 Annual Report and Accounts
The Directors’ and auditor’s reports and the audited financial statements of the Company (“the Annual Report and Accounts”) for the year ended 31 
March 2021 have been made available to shareholders and will be presented at the Meeting. The Annual Report and Accounts may also be accessed 
on the Company’s website at www.wcgplc.co.uk. Shareholders may raise any questions on the Annual Report and Accounts under this resolution.

Resolution 2: Approval of the 2021 Directors’ remuneration report
In accordance with section 439 of the Companies Act 2006, shareholders are requested to approve the Directors’ remuneration report which can be 
found on pages 42 to 53 of the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 March 2021 (other than the Directors’ remuneration policy set out 
on pages 49 to 53). The vote is advisory only and does not affect the actual remuneration paid to an individual Director.

Resolution 3: Approval of the 2021 Directors’ remuneration policy
The Directors’ remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 9 September 2020 with effect from  
1 April 2021(“the existing remuneration policy”). Under section 439A of the Companies Act 2006, the Directors’ remuneration policy is required  
to be put to shareholders for approval every three years, and the vote is binding, but a company can seek to amend or replace its remuneration  
policy more frequently.

As explained in the Annual Statement of the Remuneration Committee Chairman on page 42 of the Annual Report for the year ended 31 March 
2021, in order to resolve certain ambiguities in the existing remuneration policy, the Board is seeking to replace it with the proposed remuneration 
policy set out on pages 49 to 53 of the Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 31 March 2021. The proposed remuneration policy contains 
revised provisions for the award of annual profit shares and discretionary bonuses to the Executive Directors and introduces a minimum shareholding 
requirement and post-employment shareholding period for share awards on the terms and subject to the restrictions contained therein.

If approved by shareholders, the policy is intended to be effective from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting. Once in effect, the Company 
will not be able to make a remuneration payment to a current or prospective Director or a payment for loss of office to a current or past Director, unless 
that payment is consistent with the policy or has otherwise been approved by a resolution of shareholders of the Company.

Resolution 4: Final dividend
Shareholders are being asked in Resolution 4 to approve a final dividend of 0.60 pence per Ordinary Share for the year ended 31 March 2021. If you 
approve the recommended final dividend, this will be paid on 1 October 2021 to all ordinary shareholders who were on the register of members at the 
close of business on 17 September 2021.

Resolutions 5 to 10: Re-election of Directors
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 provides that all Directors should be subject to annual re-election. Accordingly, each of the Directors is 
retiring and seeking re-election.

The resolutions relating to the re-election of the Directors are proposed as separate resolutions numbered 5 to 10. The Board believes that the 
performance of each of the Directors standing for re-election continues to be effective and each Director demonstrates commitment to the role.  
As such, the Board determined that the Company would benefit by retaining the knowledge and experience gained by these Directors over the 
previous years.

The biographies of the Directors eligible and standing for re-election at the Meeting are set out on pages 26 and 27 of the Annual Report and Accounts 
for the year ended 31 March 2021.

Resolution 11: Appointment of auditor
The Company is required to appoint its auditor at each general meeting at which accounts are laid before the shareholders and the auditor is usually 
appointed to hold office from the conclusion of an Annual General Meeting until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting.

Following receipt of a letter of resignation as auditor from BDO LLP on 11 December 2020, the Board appointed PKF Littlejohn LLP as auditor to fill the 
casual vacancy created.

Accordingly, shareholders are being asked in Resolution 11 to approve the re-appointment of PKF Littlejohn LLP as auditor of the Company from the 
conclusion of the Meeting until the conclusion of the next meeting at which accounts are laid.

Resolution 12: Remuneration of the auditor
This resolution authorises the Directors, in accordance with standard practice, to set the remuneration of the auditor. In accordance with its terms 
of reference, the Audit Committee will approve the terms of engagement and the level of audit fees payable by the Company and the Group to the 
auditor and recommend them to the Board.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

107

Resolution 13: Renewal of the Directors’ authority to allot shares
Resolution 13 will be proposed before the Meeting to confer authority on the Directors to allot shares, or grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any 
security into shares, of up to an aggregate nominal amount of £946,162 (being one-third of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury 
shares) as at 3 September 2021) (being the latest practicable date prior to the date of this notice of meeting). This resolution, which is an ordinary 
resolution, will replace the authority given to the Directors at the last Annual General Meeting on 9 September 2020.

750,000 shares are held in treasury as at 3 September 2021 (being the latest practicable date prior to the date of this notice of meeting), representing 
approximately 1.73% of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) on that date.

The Directors have no present intention to issue new Ordinary Shares other than those commitments disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts,  
if any. However, the Directors consider it prudent to maintain the flexibility to take advantage of business opportunities that this authority provides.

Shareholders may further note that there were neither warrants nor options to subscribe for equity shares in the Company which were outstanding  
as at 3 September 2021 (being the latest practicable date prior to the date of this notice of meeting).

This authority will expire on the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date falling fifteen months from the date of the passing of the 
resolution, whichever is the earlier.

Resolution 14: Renewal of the Directors’ authority to disapply pre-emption rights
Resolution 14 will be proposed before the Meeting to confer authority on the Directors to allot equity securities for cash up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £283,488 (being 10% of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) as at 3 September 2021 (being the latest 
practicable date prior to the date of this notice of meeting)) as if section 561(1) of the Companies Act 2006 did not apply. This resolution, which is a 
special resolution, will replace the authority given to the Directors at the last Annual General Meeting on 9 September 2020.

The Directors have no present intention to make use of this authority and will only do so when satisfied that it is in the interest of the Company.

This authority will expire on the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date falling fifteen months from the date of the passing of the 
resolution, whichever is the earlier.

Resolution 15: Authority for the Company to purchase its own shares
The Companies Act 2006 permits a public company to purchase its own shares in accordance with powers contained in its Articles of Association and 
with the authority of a resolution of shareholders. The Directors believe that the Company should be authorised to take advantage of these provisions 
and therefore, pursuant to the power contained in the Company’s Articles of Association, it is intended to propose a special resolution at the Meeting 
to confer authority on the Company to purchase up to a maximum in aggregate of 10% of the Ordinary Shares of 62/3 pence each in the share capital 
of the Company at a price or prices which will not be less than 62/3 pence and not be more than 5% above the average of the middle market quotation 
derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the ten business days before the relevant purchase is made.

The authority was given at the last Annual General Meeting of the Company for a period expiring at the conclusion of the next Annual General 
Meeting. It is the Directors’ intention that a resolution for its renewal will be proposed at each succeeding Annual General Meeting. The Directors  
will only make use of the authority when satisfied that it is in the interest of the Company to do so. Shareholders should note that any Ordinary  
Shares purchased by the Company will either be cancelled and the number of Ordinary Shares in issue will accordingly be reduced or will be held  
as treasury shares.

This authority will expire on the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or the date falling fifteen months from the date of the passing of the 
resolution, whichever is the earlier.

Resolution 16: Notice period for general meeting
The notice period for general meetings of the Company is twenty-one clear days unless shareholders approve a shorter notice period which cannot be 
less than fourteen clear days. Annual General Meetings will continue to be called on at least twenty-one clear days’ notice.

Resolution 16, which is a special resolution, will enable the Company to call general meetings (other than Annual General Meetings) on fourteen clear 
days’ notice. The Directors believe that this is in the best interests of the shareholders and it is intended that this shorter notice period would not be 
used as a matter of routine for such meetings, but only where the flexibility is merited by the business of the meeting and is thought to be to the 
advantage of shareholders as a whole.

The approval will be effective until the Company’s Annual General Meeting in 2022 when it is intended that a similar resolution to renew the authority 
will be proposed.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
108 

Notice of Annual General Meeting (continued)

Shareholder notes
The following pages provide more detailed information about your voting rights and how you may exercise them.

Entitlement to attend and vote
1.   Pursuant to Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001, the Company specifies that only those members registered on the 

Company’s register of members at:

  6.00 p.m. on 24 September 2021; or
  if this Meeting is adjourned, at 6.00 p.m. on the day two days prior to the adjourned meeting (excluding weekends),

shall be entitled to attend and vote at the meeting.

Changes to the register of members after the relevant deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend and vote at 
the meeting.

Appointment of proxies
2. 

If you are a member of the Company at the time set out in Note 1 above, you are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of your rights 
to attend and vote at the Meeting and you should have received a proxy form with this notice of meeting. You can only appoint a proxy using the 
procedures set out in these notes and the notes to the proxy form. However, please see Note 4 below for important information on appointment of 
anyone other than the Chairman of the Meeting as proxy.

3.   A proxy does not need to be a member of the Company but must attend the Meeting to represent you. Details of how to appoint the Chairman of 
the Meeting or another person as your proxy using the proxy form are set out in the notes to the proxy form. However, please see Note 4 below for 
important information on appointment of anyone other than the Chairman of the Meeting as proxy.

4.   Given the potential for restrictions to be imposed both locally and nationally which may affect travel and/or the ability for people to 
meet in indoor locations in the period between the date of this notice of Meeting and the Meeting itself, you are strongly encouraged 
to appoint the Chairman of the Meeting as your proxy to vote in accordance with your instructions, to ensure that your vote is counted. 
If such restrictions are imposed and are in force on the date of the Meeting, it may not be possible for a named person other than the 
Chairman of the Meeting to attend and vote at the meeting as proxy.

5.   You may appoint more than one proxy provided each proxy is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares. You may not appoint more 
than one proxy to exercise rights attached to any one share. To appoint more than one proxy you may photocopy your proxy form or contact 
Neville Registrars Limited to obtain an extra proxy form on 0121 585 1131.

6.   A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be counted in the calculation of votes for or against the resolution. If no 

voting indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from voting at his or her discretion. Your proxy will vote (or abstain from voting) as he or 
she thinks fit in relation to any other matter which is put before the Meeting.

Appointment of proxy using hard copy proxy form
7.   The notes to the proxy form explain how to direct your proxy how to vote on each resolution or withhold their vote.

To appoint a proxy using the proxy form, the form must be:

  completed and signed;
  sent or delivered to Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen B62 8HD; 
  or sent via email to info@nevilleregistrars.co.uk; and
  received by Neville Registrars Limited no later than 11.00 a.m. on 24 September 2021.

In the case of a member which is a company, the proxy form must be executed under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the 
company or an attorney for the company.

Any power of attorney or any other authority under which the proxy form is signed (or a duly certified copy of such power or authority) must be 
included in with the proxy form.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
   Financial statements

109

Appointment of proxies through CREST
8.   CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the Meeting 
and any adjournment(s) of it by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual (available from https://my.euroclear.com/euilegal). CREST 
Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer 
to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment or instructions made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST Proxy 
Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s (“EUI”) specifications and must contain the 
information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment 
of a proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy, must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be 
received by the issuer’s agent ID (7RA11) by no later than 11.00 a.m. on 24 September 2021, or, in the event of an adjournment of the meeting, 
48 hours before the adjourned meeting (excluding weekends). For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined 
by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by 
enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be 
communicated to the appointee through other means.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that EUI does not make available special 
procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST 
Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or 
sponsored member, or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such 
action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, 
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST 
Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001.

Appointment of proxy by joint members
9.   In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted by the most 
senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders appear in the Company’s register of 
members in respect of the joint holding (the first name being the most senior).

Changing proxy instructions
10.  To change your proxy instructions simply submit a new proxy appointment using the methods set out above. Note that the cut-off time for receipt 
of proxy appointments (see above) also apply in relation to amended instructions; any amended proxy appointment received after the relevant 
cut-off time will be disregarded.

  Where you have appointed a proxy using the hard-copy proxy form and would like to change the instructions using another hard-copy proxy form, 

please contact Neville Registrars Limited on 0121 585 1131.

If you submit more than one valid proxy appointment, the appointment received last before the latest time for the receipt of the proxies will take 
precedence.

Termination of proxy appointments
11.  In order to revoke a proxy instruction you will need to inform the Company by sending a signed hard copy notice clearly stating your intention  

to revoke your proxy appointment to Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen B62 8HD. In the case of a member which 
is a company, the revocation notice must be executed under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the company or an attorney 
for the company. Any power of attorney or any other authority under which the revocation notice is signed (or a duly certified copy of such power 
or authority) must be included with the revocation notice. The revocation notice must be received by Neville Registrars Limited no later than  
11.00 a.m. on 24 September 2021.

If you attempt to revoke your proxy appointment but the revocation is received after the time specified then, subject to the paragraph directly 
below, your proxy appointment will remain valid.

Appointment of a proxy does not preclude you from attending the Meeting in person. If you have appointed a proxy and attend the Meeting  
in person, your proxy appointment will automatically be terminated.

Corporate representatives
12.   A corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise, on its behalf, all its powers as a member 

provided that no more than one corporate representative exercises powers over the same share.

Issued shares and total voting rights
13.   As at 3 September 2021 (being the latest practicable date prior to the date of this notice of meeting), the Company’s issued share capital 

comprised 43,327,328 Ordinary Shares of 62/3 pence each. Each Ordinary Share carries the right to one vote at a general meeting of the Company. 
The Company held 750,000 Ordinary Shares in treasury on 3 September 2021 and, therefore, the total number of voting rights in the Company  
as at such date is 42,577,328.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110 

Notice of Annual General Meeting (continued)

Communication
14.  You may not use any electronic address provided either in this notice of meeting or any related documents (including the letter with which this 
notice of meeting was enclosed and proxy form) to communicate with the Company for any purposes other than those expressly stated.

Website giving information regarding the Meeting
15. Information regarding the Meeting, including the information required by section 311A of the Companies Act 2006, is available from 

www.wcgplc.co.uk.

Questions at the Meeting
16.  Under section 319A of the Companies Act 2006, the Company must answer any question you ask relating to the business being dealt with 
at the Meeting unless (i) answering the question would interfere unduly with the preparation for the Meeting or involve the disclosure of 
confidential information; (ii) the answer has already been given on the Company’s website in the form of an answer to a question; or 
(iii) it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the Meeting that the question be answered. Shareholders who are 
not attending the Meeting in person but who would like to pose a question to the Meeting must do so in advance by emailing your question 
to CoSec@wcgplc.co.uk. Questions must be received by 11.00 a.m. on 24 September 2021. Following the Meeting, the Company will publish details 
of the business conducted at the Meeting, including responses to selected questions received, on its website at www.wcgplc.co.uk.

Website publication of audit concerns
17.  Pursuant to section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, where requested by members meeting the qualification criteria set out in that section, 

the Company must publish on the Company’s website a statement setting out any matter that such members propose to raise at the Meeting 
relating to either: (i) the audit of the Company’s accounts (including the auditor’s report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before 
the Meeting; or (ii) the circumstances connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which the 
Annual Report and Accounts were laid in accordance with section 437 of the Companies Act 2006.

Where the Company is required to publish such a statement on its website:

  it may not require the members making the request to pay any expenses incurred by the Company in complying with the request;
  it must forward the statement to the Company’s auditor no later than the time the statement is made available on the Company’s website; 

and

  the statement may be dealt with as part of the business of the Meeting.

The request:

  may be in hard copy form or in electronic form;
  must either set out the statement in full or, if supporting a statement sent by another shareholder, clearly identify the statement which is being 

supported;

  must be authenticated by an accompanying statement setting out the identity of the person or persons making it; and
  must be received by the Company at least one week before the meeting.

In the case of a request made in hard copy form, such request must be sent to the Company Secretary at Walker Crips Group plc, Old Change 
House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London, England, EC4V 4BJ.

In the case of a request made in electronic form, such request must be sent to the Company Secretary at CoSec@wcgplc.co.uk. Please state  
“WCG Plc 2021 AGM” in the subject line of the email.

Nominated person
18.  If you are a person who has been nominated under section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 to enjoy information rights (“Nominated Person”), 
you may have a right under an agreement between you and the member of the Company who has nominated you to have information rights 
(“Relevant Member”) to be appointed or to have someone else appointed as a proxy for the Meeting. If you either do not have such a right or if 
you have such a right but do not wish to exercise it, you may have a right under an agreement between you and the Relevant Member to give 
instructions to the Relevant Member as to the exercise of voting rights. Your main point of contact in terms of your investment in the Company 
remains the Relevant Member (or, perhaps, your custodian or broker) and you should continue to contact them (and not the Company) regarding 
any changes or queries relating to your personal details and your interest in the Company (including any administrative matters). The only 
exception to this is where the Company expressly requests a response from you.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial statements

111

Form of proxy

For use at the Annual General Meeting (the “Meeting”) of Walker Crips Group plc (the “Company”) to be at the registered office of the Company,  
Old Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4BJ on 28 September 2021 at 11.00 a.m. and at any adjournment thereof.

I/We (name(s) in full) 

(BLOCK LETTERS PLEASE)

Of (address) 
being (a) holder(s) of shares in the above-named Company HEREBY APPOINT (see Note 3):

(name(s) in full) 

Of (address) 

(BLOCK LETTERS PLEASE)

or failing him (or in the event that no person is named) the Chairman of the Meeting to act as my/our proxy and to vote for me/us on my/our behalf 
at the above-mentioned Meeting and any adjournment thereof, and I/we desire this proxy to be used as directed below or, failing any direction(s) as 
regards the Resolution(s), the proxy will abstain or vote at his discretion.

Enter the number of shares in relation to which your proxy is authorised to vote 
or leave blank to authorise your proxy to act in relation to your full entitlement (see Note 4). 

Please also mark this box if you are appointing more than one proxy (see Note 5). 

The manner in which the proxy is to vote should be indicated by inserting ‘X’ in the box provided:

For 

Against 

Vote withheld

1) 

2) 

3) 

4) 

5) 

6) 

To receive and adopt the Directors’ report and audited financial statements 

To approve the Directors’ remuneration report 

 To approve the Directors’ remuneration policy 

To declare a final dividend of 0.60 pence per Ordinary Share 

To re-elect Martin Wright as a Director 

To re-elect Sean Lam as a Director 

7)  To re-elect Sanath Dandeniya as a Director 

8) 

9) 

To re-elect Clive Bouch as a Director 

To re-elect David Gelber as a Director 

10)  To re-elect Hua Min Lim as a Director 

11)  To re-appoint PKF Littlejohn LLP as auditor

12)  To authorise the Directors to set the remuneration of the auditor 

13)  To authorise the Directors to allot shares 

14)  To disapply pre-emption rights1 

15)  To authorise the Company to make market purchases of its own shares1 

16)  To authorise the Company to call a general meeting of shareholders

on not less than fourteen clear days’ notice1 

1  Special resolution.

Signed:  
(for a company see Note 9 to this form of proxy)

Dated:  

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
112 

Form of proxy 
notes

Notes:
1.  As a member of the Company you are entitled to appoint a proxy or proxies to exercise all or any of your rights to attend, and vote at a general 

meeting of the Company. You can only appoint a proxy using the procedures set out in these notes. Please see Note 7 for important information in 
relation to recommended actions for proxy appointments.

2.  Appointment of a proxy does not preclude you from attending the meeting in person.

3.  A proxy does not need to be a member of the Company but must attend the meeting to represent you. To appoint as your proxy a person other 
than the Chairman of the meeting, insert their full name in the space above. If you sign and return this proxy form with no name inserted in the 
box, the Chairman of the meeting will be deemed to be your proxy. Where you appoint as your proxy someone other than the Chairman, you are 
responsible for ensuring that they attend the meeting and are aware of your voting intentions. If you wish your proxy to make any comments on 
your behalf, you will need to appoint someone other than the Chairman and give them the relevant instructions directly.

4. 

If the proxy is being appointed in relation to less than your full voting entitlement, please indicate the number of shares in relation to which they 
are authorised to act as your proxy. If left blank your proxy will be deemed to be authorised in respect of your full voting entitlement (or, if this 
proxy form has been issued in respect of a designated account for a shareholder, the full voting entitlement for that designated account).

5.   You may appoint more than one proxy provided each proxy is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares. You may not appoint 

more than one proxy to exercise rights attached to any one share. To appoint more than one proxy you may photocopy your proxy card or contact 
Neville Registrars Limited on 0121 585 1131 to obtain an extra proxy card. Please indicate the number of shares in relation to which they are 
authorised to act as your proxy (which, in aggregate, should not exceed the number of shares held by you).

6.   To direct your proxy how to vote on the resolutions mark the appropriate box with an ‘X’. To abstain from voting on a resolution, select the relevant 
‘Vote withheld’ box. A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be counted in the calculation of votes for or against the 
resolution. If no voting indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from voting at his or her discretion. Your proxy will vote (or abstain from 
voting) as he or she thinks fit in relation to any other matter which is put before the meeting.

7.   Given the potential for restrictions on attendance to be imposed prior to the date of the meeting, the Company strongly recommends 
and encourages shareholders to appoint the Chairman of the meeting as their proxy to vote in accordance with their instructions.

8.   To appoint a proxy using this form, the form must be: 

  completed and signed;
  sent or delivered to Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen B62 8HD; 
  or sent via email to info@nevilleregistrars.co.uk; and
  received by Neville Registrars Limited no later than 11.00 a.m. on 24 September 2021.

9.   In the case of a member which is a company, this proxy form must be executed under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the 

company or an attorney for the company.

10.  Any power of attorney or any other authority under which this proxy form is signed (or a duly certified copy of such power or authority) must be 

included with the proxy form.

11.   CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies by using the CREST electronic appointment service may do so by using the procedures 
described in the CREST Manual. To be valid, the appropriate CREST message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy 
or an amendment to the instructions given to a previously appointed proxy, must be transmitted so as to be received by our agent Neville 
Registrars Limited CREST ID (7RA11) by 11.00 a.m. on 24 September 2021. See the notes to the notice of meeting for further information on proxy 
appointment through CREST.

12.   In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted by the most 
senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders appear in the Company’s register of 
members in respect of the joint holding (the first-named being the most senior).

13.   If you submit more than one valid proxy appointment, the appointment received last before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take 

precedence.

14.  For details of how to change your proxy instructions or revoke your proxy appointment, see the notes to the notice of meeting.

15.   You may not use any electronic address provided in this proxy form to communicate with the Company for any purposes other than those 

expressly stated.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021   Financial statements

113

Officers and professional advisers

Directors
Executive Directors
Sean Lam FCPA (Aust.), Chartered FCSI – Chief Executive Officer 
Sanath Dandeniya FCCA – Group Finance Director

Non-Executive Directors
Martin Wright – Chairman 
Clive Bouch FCA – Audit Committee Chairman & Senior Independent Director 
David Gelber 
Hua Min Lim

Secretary
Rod Goddard

Registered office
Old Change House 
128 Queen Victoria Street 
London EC4V 4BJ

Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
London

Solicitors
Charles Russell Speechlys LLP
London

Auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP
London

Registrars
Neville Registrars Limited
Neville House 
Steelpark Road 
Halesowen B62 8HD

Design and Production
www.carrkamasa.co.uk

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
Walker Crips Group plc
Old Change House,
128 Queen Victoria Street,
London
EC4V 4BJ
020 3100 8000
www.wcgplc.co.uk
client.services@wcgplc.co.uk